babelbib 1.31 (30jan12)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@25245 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

10 files changed, 13960 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a93aa3abfdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+2012/01/03  1.31  Harald Harders (harald.harders@gmx.de)
+	- Added Serbian, Czech, and Romanian language
+        - Corrections in Portuguese, Croatian, Swedish
+        - Change handling of editions to allow keyword `edition' before the edition number
+        - Added Romanian and Swedish numerals
+        - Fix definition of \btxnumerallong in Spanish
+
+2010/01/06  1.30  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added Croatian language
+
+2009/10/10  1.29  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Fix output of "urldate"
+
+2009/06/23  1.28  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Corrected Diciembre in Spanish language
+	- Automatic formatting of month year combinations 
+	  (either "June 2009" or "06/2009")
+
+2009/06/19  1.27  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Capitalised month names in Poruguese but not in Brazilian
+	- Fixed publisherfont in babamspl.bst
+	- Added Russian language
+
+2009/06/17  1.26  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Correct journal article title font in babamspl.bst
+	- Linebreak added between url and urldate
+	- Added Galician and Bahasa languages
+	- Added French and Portuguese numerals
+	- Corrected Spanish numerals
+	- Removed comma before `and' in long lists of authors in Portuguese 
+	  and Swedish
+
+2008/09/24  1.25  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Add font command for publisher
+	- Remove change of language in alpha-numerical bib items because 
+	  of occasional exceeded TeX memory
+
+2008/02/17  1.24  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+        - Put \btxISSN and \btxISBN into an \mbox to prevent them from being 
+	  hyphenated
+
+2006/08/18  1.23  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de) 
+	- Fix bug in typesetting title of articles for babamspl.bst
+
+2006/01/02  1.22  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Remove space after \btxurlfont again (has been lost sometimes) 
+	  because a linebreak between \url and the argument breaks
+	  hyperref.sty.
+
+2005/11/20  1.21  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Fix problem when the first bibliography entry is in an unknown
+	  language.
+
+2005/11/13  1.20  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Add Greek language.
+	- Change method to write urldate to enable to write it in brackets.
+	- Bugfix in names writing of abbreviated styles.
+	- Ensure to write URL's in latin font.
+	- Numerals for French and Spanish.
+	- Add the fields ANNOTE and ANNOTELANGUAGE to all bibTeX styles and
+	  introduce the command \btxannotation which prints the annotations
+	  on request.
+	- Add the package options isbn, noisbn, issn, noissn, varlanguage,
+	  nolanguagenames, annote, and noannote.
+	- Add new font jtitle for titles of journal articles.
+	- Fix a bug with additional spaces after names.
+	
+2005/11/05  1.17  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Change the language in alpha-numerical bib items.
+	- Handle numerical edition numbers.
+	
+2005/10/31  1.16  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Allow to alter space between two abbreviated forenames.
+
+2005/09/01  1.15  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Add \biblanguage that switches to the keyword language within a 
+	  field.
+	- Small bug fix in loading language files (Angel Tsankov).
+
+2005/07/11  1.14  Robert Fuster (rfuster@mat.upv.es)
+	- Complete and correct catalan.
+
+2005/06/27  1.13  Philip Ratcliffe (philip.ratcliffe@email.it)
+	- Apply corrections to and complete Italian language.
+
+2005/06/19  1.12  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Add new font \btxlastname for last names.
+	- Add extra formatting of lastnames to BibTeX styles.
+	- Add the command \setbtxfallbacklanguage to force a fall-back
+	  language.
+	
+2005/06/19  1.12  Daniel Winkelmann (daniel.winkelmann@club-internet.fr)
+	- Correct \btxlanguagenameenglish, \btxmastthesis, and \btxmonaugshort
+	  in french.bdf.
+
+2005/06/12  1.11  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Avoid some additional line breaks in author and editor names.
+	- Switch ISBN and ISSN in bibliographies on and off
+	  (does not work for AmS style).
+	- Remove space after \btxurlfont because a linebreak between \url and
+	  the argument breaks hyperref.sty (which is a pity because this can
+	  lead to line-break problems with long arguments).
+
+2005/05/24  1.10  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Allow different ordering of forenames and lastnames.
+	- Protect the \foreignlanguage calls (avoids problems with natbib).
+	- Bug in Portuguese removed.
+	
+2005/04/15  1.02  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Language Portuguese completed.
+
+2005/04/11  1.01  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added space after the \btx... commands in the bst files to avoid
+	  line-breaking problem.
+	
+2005/02/16  1.00  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Move ChangeLog from README to ChangeLog.
+	- Shorten version string.
+	- Renamed franceis to francais.
+	- Handle package frenchpro.
+	- Remove warning for old babel package with french language.
+	- Rewritten warning about frenchle.sty package.
+	- Remove emphasize and smallcaps from BibTeX styles.
+	- Added urldate to all BibTeX styles.
+
+2004/06/28  0.46  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Enable to switch off printout of language name with babamspl style.
+
+2004/04/21  0.45  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added Esperanto and Finnish.
+
+2004/02/12  0.44a Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Adapted Makefile for TeXLive.
+
+2004/01/06  0.44  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Improved spacings in documentation.
+
+2004/01/06  0.43  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Document the problem using frenchle.sty when using 
+	  french language with some babel versions.
+	- Warn if using french language.
+	- Fix a bug in detection of the used languages that
+	  did not work with some versions of babel.
+
+2003/11/09  0.42  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Use unique version strings for all files of the bundle.
+	- Reorganise documentation.
+
+2003/11/02  0.41  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added Norwegian and corrected Swedish.
+
+2003/09/26  0.40  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- babalpha.bst: Use long strings for Technical Reports.
+	- Move the definition of the bst files into the dtx file.
+	- If no language field is given for an item, fall back to the
+	  document's main language instead of an undefined behaviour.
+	- If no \url command is defined, produce an error message
+	  when using the url field.
+
+2003/07/28  0.34  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added Afrikaans.
+
+2003/05/07  0.33  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added Portuguese, Swedish, Spanish, and Danish.
+
+2003/05/06  0.32  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added French.
+
+2003/05/06  0.32  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Move decision about change of case from bst files to the style file.
+	- Add new font for journal names.
+
+2003/05/01  0.31  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added some language names for Italian.
+
+2003/04/21  0.3  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Improved \setbiblanguage command.
+	- Added \setbtxcommands to add and change keywords.
+
+2003/04/20  0.2  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Added option `languagenames'.
+	- Removed Italian from list of automatically loaded
+	  languages, since it is not complete.
+	- Added language names to the current language definitions.
+	- Changed the font changing scheme to use the command
+	  \setbibliographyfont instead of \renewcommand.
+
+2003/04/11  0.1  Harald Harders (h.harders@tu-bs.de)
+	- Total new version.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0e81fa0c85c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+
+SRCDIR=babelbib
+INSTALLDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/tex/latex/babelbib
+DOCDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/doc/latex/babelbib
+BSTDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/bibtex/bst/babelbib
+VERSION=`latex getversion | grep '^VERSION' | sed 's/^VERSION \\(.*\\)\\.\\(.*\\)/\\1_\\2/'`
+
+
+.SUFFIXES: .sty .ins .dtx .ps .pdf
+
+.ins.sty:
+	latex $<
+
+.dtx.pdf:
+	pdflatex $<
+	pdflatex $<
+	makeindex -s gind.ist $(*D)/$(*F)
+	makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $(*D)/$(*F).gls $(*D)/$(*F).glo
+	pdflatex $<
+
+all: babelbib babelbib.pdf babelbibtest.pdf tugboat-babelbib.pdf
+
+babelbibtest.pdf: babelbibtest.tex babelbibtest.bib babelbib.sty
+	pdflatex babelbibtest
+	bibtex babelbibtest
+	pdflatex babelbibtest
+	pdflatex babelbibtest
+
+babelbib: babelbib.sty
+
+tugboat-babelbib.pdf:
+	if `test -f "tugboat-babelbib.tex"`; then \
+	pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
+	bibtex tugboat-babelbib; \
+	pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
+	pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
+	fi
+
+
+clean:
+	@-rm -f *.glo *.gls *.idx *.ilg *.ind *.toc *.log *.aux *.blg *.bbl
+	@-rm -f *~
+
+distclean: clean
+	@-rm -f babelbib.sty babelbib.pdf babelbib.ps
+	@-rm -f babelbibtest.pdf babelbibtest.ps
+	@-rm -f *.bdf bab*.bst
+	@-rm -f tugboat-babelbib.pdf tugboat-babelbib.bib
+	@-rm -rf texmf/
+
+tar:	all clean
+	@echo Lege babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz an
+	-rm -f babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz
+	tar czCf .. babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/README \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/ChangeLog \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/Makefile \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.dtx \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.ins \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.pdf \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/babelbibtest.tex \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/babelbibtest.bib \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/getversion.tex \
+	  $(SRCDIR)/tugboat-babelbib.pdf
+	rm -f getversion.log
+
+
+zip:	texlive
+	-@rm -f babelbib-$(VERSION).zip
+	zip -r babelbib-$(VERSION).zip texmf
+	rm -rf texmf
+	rm -f getversion.log
+
+
+texlive:	all tugboat-babelbib.pdf clean
+	rm -rf texmf
+	mkdir -p texmf/tex/latex/babelbib/
+	mkdir -p texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
+	mkdir -p texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
+	mkdir -p texmf/bibtex/bst/babelbib/
+	cp *.sty *.bdf texmf/tex/latex/babelbib/
+	cp babelbib.pdf README ChangeLog babelbibtest.tex texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
+	cp babelbibtest.bib tugboat-babelbib.pdf texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
+	cp babelbib.dtx babelbib.ins texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
+	cp Makefile getversion.tex texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
+	cp *.bst texmf/bibtex/bst/babelbib/
+
+
+install: all
+	if [ ! -d $(INSTALLDIR) ]; then mkdir -p $(INSTALLDIR); fi
+	if [ ! -d $(DOCDIR) ]; then mkdir -p $(DOCDIR); fi
+	if [ ! -d $(BSTDIR) ]; then mkdir -p $(BSTDIR); fi
+	install -m644 babelbib.sty $(INSTALLDIR)
+	install -m644 *.bdf $(INSTALLDIR)
+	install -m644 *.bst $(BSTDIR)
+	install -m644 babelbib.pdf $(DOCDIR)
+	texhash
+
+
+babelbib.sty: babelbib.ins babelbib.dtx
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfc29a4f1ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/README
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Multilingual bibliographies: The babelbib package
+=================================================
+
+
+This package enables to generate multilingual bibliographies in
+cooperation with babel. Two approaches are possible: Each citation
+may be written in another language, or the whole bibliography can 
+be typeset in a language chosen by the user. The current version 
+supports Afrikaans, Bahasa, Catalan, Croatian, Danish, Dutch, English,
+Esperanto, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Greek, Italian, Norwegian,
+Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Spanish, and Swedish.
+  In addition, the package supports commands to change the typography
+of the bibliographies.
+  Many of the standard and extended bibliography styles are available.
+
+Please help me to add more languages to babelbib.
+
+The file tugboat-babelbib.pdf is a draft of an article that has been
+published in TUGboat. It contains a detailed documentation of the babelbib
+package and how to extend it. The source code for this file is not included.
+This article is about version 0.40 of this package but is up-to-date in most
+parts.
+
+Copyright 2003--2012 Harald Harders
+
+This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+
+
+Installation:
+
+automatic: - run make
+	   - run make install
+	 or
+           - run make
+           - copy *.sty, *.bst, and *.bdf to the correct places in the
+             texmf tree
+           - run texhash or the corresponding command of your distribution
+
+by hand: - execute latex on babelbib.ins
+         - execute latex on babelbib.dtx (2x)
+         - copy *.sty, *.bst, and *.bdf to the correct places in the
+           texmf tree
+         - run texhash or the corresponding command of your distribution
+
+
+To do:
+- Add more languages.
+- Test the different BibTeX styles.
+- Add definition of \btxurldatecomment to Esperanto and Afrikaans.
+
+2012-01-03
+Harald Harders
+h.harders@tu-bs.de
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77882f599ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,9500 @@
+% \iffalse meta comment
+% File: babelbib.dtx Copyright (C) 2003--2012 Harald Harders
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
+%\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\IfFileExists{booktabs.sty}%
+  {\usepackage{booktabs}}%
+  {\let\toprule\hline
+    \let\midrule\hline
+    \let\bottomrule\hline}
+\IfFileExists{babelbib.sty}{\usepackage[fixlanguage]{babelbib}
+  \let\babelbibSTYfound\active}{\GenericWarning{babelbib.dtx}{Package
+    file babelbib.sty not found (Documentation will be messed up!^^J^^A
+    Generate babelbib.sty by LaTeXing babelbib.ins, process
+    babelbib.dtx again)^^J}\stop}
+\GetFileInfo{babelbib.sty}
+\title{Multilingual bibliographies: The \texttt{babelbib} package}
+\author{Harald Harders\\\texttt{harald.harders@gmx.de}}
+\date{Version \fileversion, \filedate, printed \today}
+\newlength{\tempdima}%
+\makeatletter
+\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
+  \@float{table}[#1]%
+  \centering%
+  \setlength{\tempdima}{\abovecaptionskip}%
+  \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\belowcaptionskip}%
+  \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\tempdima}%
+  }{%
+\end@float
+}
+\makeatother
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\DoNotIndex{\def,\edef,\let,\newcommand,\newenvironment,\newcounter}
+\DoNotIndex{\setcounter,\space,\",\@empty,\begin,\end,\iffalse,\fi,\extras}
+\DoNotIndex{\bibs,\ifx,\else,\fi,\ ,\ae,\emph,\input,\foreignlanguage}
+\DoNotIndex{\IeC,\cyrv,\CYRV,\cyrt,\CYRT,\cyrya,\protect}
+\CodelineNumbered
+\RecordChanges
+\CheckSum{14887}
+\hyphenation{bib-lio-gra-phy}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{babelbib.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \changes{0.1}{2003/04/11}{Total new version}%
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Rewritten in main parts}%
+% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Use unique version strings for all files
+%   of the bundle}%
+% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Reorganise docstrip code}%
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Document the problem using
+%   \texttt{frenchle.sty} when using \texttt{french} language with
+%   some babel versions}%
+% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Improved spacings in documentation}%
+% \changes{0.44a}{2004/02/12}{Adapted Makefile for \TeX Live}%
+% \changes{0.46}{2004/06/28}{Enable to switch off printout of language
+%   name with \texttt{babamspl} style}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Rewritten warning about \texttt{frenchle.sty}
+%   package}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Shorten version string}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added \texttt{urldate} to all \BibTeX\
+%   styles}%
+% \changes{1.01}{2005/04/11}{Added space after the \cs{btx}\ldots\
+%   commands in the \texttt{bst} files to avoid line-breaking problem}%
+% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Allow different ordering of forenames and
+%   lastnames}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Protect the \cs{foreignlanguage} calls
+%   (avoids problems with natbib)}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Avoid some additional line breaks in
+%   author and editor names}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Switch ISBN and ISSN in bibliographies on
+%   and off (does not work for \protect\AmS\ style)}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Remove space after \cs{btxurlfont}
+%   because a linebreak between \cs{url} and the argument breaks
+%   \texttt{hyperref.sty} (which is a pity because this can lead to
+%   line-break problems with long arguments)}%
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Correct \cs{btxlanguagenameenglish},
+%   \cs{btxmastthesis}, and \cs{btxmonaugshort} in
+%   \texttt{french.bdf}}%
+% \changes{1.13}{2005/06/27}{Apply corrections to and complete Italian
+%   language}%
+% \changes{1.14}{2005/07/11}{Complete and correct catalan}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add Greek language}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Change method to write \texttt{urldate}
+%   to enable to write it in brackets}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Bugfix in names writing of abbreviated
+%   styles}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Ensure to write URL's in latin font}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Numerals for French and Spanish}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add the fields \texttt{ANNOTE} and
+%   \texttt{ANNOTELANGUAGE} to all bib\TeX\ styles and introduce the
+%   command \cs{btxannotation} which prints the annotations on
+%   request.}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add the package options \texttt{isbn},
+%   \texttt{noisbn}, \texttt{issn}, \texttt{noissn},
+%   \texttt{varlanguage}, \texttt{nolanguagenames}, \texttt{annote}, and
+%   \texttt{noannote}}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add new font \texttt{jtitle} for titles
+%   of journal articles}%
+% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Fix a bug with additional spaces after
+%   names}%
+% \changes{1.21}{2005/11/20}{Fix problem when the first bibliography entry
+%   is in an unknown language}%
+% \changes{1.22}{2006/01/02}{Remove space after \cs{btxurlfont} again
+%   because a linebreak between \cs{url} and the argument breaks
+%   \texttt{hyperref.sty}}%
+% \changes{1.23}{2006/08/18}{Fix bug in typesetting title of articles for
+%   \texttt{babamspl.bst}}%
+% \changes{1.24}{2008/02/17}{Put \cs{btxISSN} and \cs{btxISBN} into an
+%   \cs{mbox} to prevent them from being hyphenated}%
+% \changes{1.25}{2008/09/24}{Add font command for publisher}%
+% \changes{1.25}{2008/09/24}{Remove change of language in
+%   alpha-numerical bib items because of occasional exceeded TeX memory}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Correct journal article title font in
+%   \texttt{babamspl.bst}}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Linebreak added between url and urldate}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added Galician and Bahasa languages}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added French and Portuguese numerals}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Corrected Spanish numerals}%
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Removed comma before `and' in long lists
+%   of authors in Portuguese and Swedish}%
+% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Capitalised month names in Poruguese but
+%   not in Brazilian}%
+% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Fixed publisherfont in babamspl.bst}%
+% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Added Russian language}%
+% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Corrected Diciembre in Spanish language}%
+% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Automatic formatting of month year
+%   combinations (either ``June 2009'' or ``06/2009'')}%
+% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Some corrections in Brazilian Portuguese}%
+% \changes{1.29}{2009/10/10}{Fix output of ``urldate''}%
+% \changes{1.30}{2010/01/06}{Added Croatian language}%
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Corrections in Portuguese, Croatian, Swedish}%
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Serbian, Czech, and Romanian language}%
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Change handling of editions to allow
+%   keyword `edition' before the edition number}%
+%
+% \maketitle
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \noindent
+% This package enables to generate multilingual bibliographies in
+% cooperation with |babel|.
+% Two approaches are possible:
+% Each citation may be written in another language, or the whole
+% bibliography can be typeset in a language chosen by the user.
+% 
+% In addition, the package supports commands to change the typography
+% of the bibliographies.
+% 
+% The current version supports Afrikaans, Bahasa, Catalan, Croatian,
+% Danish, Dutch,
+% English, Esperanto, Finnish, French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work
+%   with \texttt{frenchle} prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle
+%   package or use the native babel support for French, instead.}
+% Galician, German, Greek, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Romanian,
+% Russian, Serbian, Spanish, and Swedish.
+% Please help me to add more languages.
+% 
+% Many of the standard and extended bibliography styles are available.
+% Please read section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%
+% If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
+% The mechanism to change fonts has changed, please read
+% section~\ref{sec:typography}.
+%
+% Have a look to \texttt{tugboat-babelbib.pdf} which includes detailed
+% descriptions how to use and extend the babelbib bundle.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section*{Copyright}
+% Copyright 2003--2012 Harald Harders.
+%
+% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% This package is a replacement for |bibgerm.sty| \cite{germbib} with the
+% aim to be extendable to other languages more easily.
+% In addition, |babelbib| provides a more flexible typography of
+% bibliographies without the need to change |bst| files.
+% But there are two shortcomings: This package needs
+% |babel.sty|~\cite{babel} (thus, it does not work with |german.sty|
+% or |ngerman.sty|), and it is written for \LaTeXe\ and does not work
+% with plain \TeX.
+%
+% The current version supports Afrikaans, Bahasa, Catalan, Croatian,
+% Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Esperanto, Finnish,
+% French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work with \texttt{frenchle}
+% prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle package or use the native
+% babel support for French, instead.}
+% Galician, German, Greek, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Romanian,
+% Russian, Serbian, Spanish, and Swedish.
+%
+% If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
+% The mechanism to change fonts have changed, please read
+% section~\ref{sec:typography}.
+%
+% \section{Usage}%
+% \label{sec:usage}%
+%
+% To use this package place
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
+% into the preamble of your document.
+% The package loads all necessary language definitions for all files
+% it knows that are loaded by |babel|.
+% 
+% By default, the language of the bibliographic keywords (``editor'',
+% ``page'', etc.) switches for each item to the language of the cited
+% document.\footnote{This is equivalent to using the package option
+%   \texttt{varlanguage}.}
+% If all citations shall be written in the same language, add the
+% option\index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|usage} |fixlanguage|
+% to the package call.
+% Then, all bibliographies are typeset in the document's main
+% language.
+% To change the bibliography's language, use
+% \DescribeMacro{\selectbiblanguage}
+% |\selectbiblanguage{|$\langle$language$\rangle$|}|.
+% This command only has an effect, if |fixlanguage| is set. 
+%
+% |babelbib| supports the \BibTeX\ styles |babplain|, |babplai3|,
+% |babalpha|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |bababbr3| that correspond
+% to the standard |bst| files, but include international support as
+% well as flexible typography.\footnote{The versions with the
+%   \texttt{3} in the filenames replace the second and later authors by
+%   \emph{et al.}, if more than three authors are given.}
+% As usual, you select the style using
+% \DescribeMacro{\bibliographystyle}
+% |\bibliographystyle{|$\langle$filename$\rangle$|}|.
+% In addition, the package supports the \BibTeX\ style |babamspl|
+% which corresponds to |amsplain| by the \AmS. 
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
+%   define commands for language names}%
+% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|usage}%
+% If you want to use this style, you have to add the option
+% |languagenames| to the call of the package.
+% Default is |nolanguagenames|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\declarebtxcommands}%
+% If you don't like some of the keywords provided by |babelbib|, or if
+% you want to use new ones, you are able to get these using the
+% command \cs{declarebtxcommands}.
+% It takes two arguments, where the first is the language for which
+% you want to add or change keywords, and the second is the list of
+% command definitions.
+% It seems to be best to show that for an example. 
+% You may want to change the definitions for Ph.D.\ theses for English
+% and German with new orthography (the defaults are ``PhD thesis'' resp.\
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'}).
+% You can reach a change by the following code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{english}{Ph.D.\ thesis}}%
+%}
+%\declarebtxcommands{ngerman}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{Doktorarbeit}}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% You may change more than one command in one |\setbtxcommand|
+% command.
+% You just have to add more of the |\def|\ldots\ lines.
+% But please don't forget the percent sign at the end of the lines in
+% order to avoid unwanted spaces in the output.
+% The \AmS\ \BibTeX\ style |amsplain| uses ``Ph.D.\ thesis'' instead
+% of the default ``PhD thesis'' for |babamspl|.
+% If you want the same keyword as in the \AmS\ original, you can use
+% the \cs{declarebtxcommands} line shown above.
+%
+%
+% \section{Preparing the \texttt{bib} files}
+%
+% In order to use the feature of multilingual bibliographies, add the
+% field |language| to every entry in your |bib| files.
+% This field gives the language of the cited document, e.\,g.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%@InBook{dieter1997a,
+%  editor =       {Dieter, George~E. and others},
+%  title =        {Materials Selection and Design},
+%  chapter =      {Effects of Composition, Processing, and Structure on 
+%                  Properties of Engineering Plastics},
+%  publisher =    {ASM International},
+%  year =         1997,
+%  volume =       20,
+%  series =       {ASM Handbook},
+%  pages =        {434--456},
+%  language =     {english},
+%  isbn =         {0-87170-386-6}
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% Then, the output of the document data (title, authors, series, etc.)
+% is typeset with correct hyphenation patterns.
+% Wheather also the keywords (``edition'', ``pages'', etc.) are
+% switched to the citation language, depends on wheather |fixlanguage|
+% has been used.
+% All languages that appear in the bibliography have to be loaded by
+% |babel|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+% If the field |language| is missing, the citation is typeset using a
+% fall-back language.
+% By default, the document's main language (that one that is active at
+% \cs{begin\{document\}}) is used.
+% You can change the fall-back language by using
+% \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage\marg{language}}, e.\,g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\setbtxfallbacklanguage{ngerman}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% |babelbib| supports a couple of additional fields:
+% |ISBN|, |ISSN|, |URL|, |URLDATE|, and |ANNOTE|.
+% |ISBN| and |ISSN| take the ISBN or ISSN respectively.
+% |URL| is the address of a WWW page while |URLDATE| is the date when
+% the WWW page has been visited.
+% The field |URL| is typeset using the command |\url| if available,
+% e.\,g., if the user has loaded |url.sty|.
+% Otherwise, |babelbib| defines a |\url| command which just calls
+% |\texttt|.
+% |ANNOTE| typesets annotations after each entry in the bibliography.
+% By default, a |quotation| environment (starting with \cs{noindent})
+% is used.
+% If the field |ANNOTELANGUAGE| is also given, the language is
+% switched to the specified language.
+% Otherwise the language of the keywords is used.
+%
+% You can change the behaviour by redefining
+% \cs{btxannotation}\marg{annotations}.
+% The annotations are only printed when the package option |annote| is
+% used.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\biblanguage}%
+% If you want to use language-dependent commands as \cs{alsoname} in a
+% bibliography that was produced with |fixlanguage| you will be
+% surprised that the commands change the output depending on the
+% language of the citation.
+% If you want to write a field with the keyword language, you can use
+% the command \cs{biblanguage}, e.g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%@Article{abinger1988a,
+%  author =      {Abinger, R. and Hammer, F. and Leopold, J. and others},
+%  title =       {Gro"sschaden an einem 300"=MW"=Dampfturbosatz},
+%  journal =     {Der Maschinenschaden},
+%  year =        1988,
+%  volume =      61,
+%  number =      2,
+%  pages =       {58--60},
+%  language =    {ngerman},
+%  note =        {\biblanguage{\alsoname~\cite{abinger1990a}}}
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% This will give the note ``\alsoname~[\ldots]'' instead of
+% ``{\selectlanguage{ngerman}\alsoname~[\ldots]}'' when the
+% bibliography uses English keywords.
+%
+%
+% \section{Available bibliography styles}%
+% \label{sec:styles}%
+%
+% The |babelbib| bundle contains adapted versions of the standard
+% bibliography styles |plain|, |unsrt|, |abbrv|, and |alpha|.
+% They are called |babplain|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |babalpha|,
+% respectively.
+% All variants write names in a special manner when more than one
+% author is given.
+% The first author ist written ``Lastname, Forename'' while all other
+% authors are written ``Forename Lastname''.
+% This is done to emphesize the ordering by the lastname.
+%
+% If you don't want this behaviour you can use additional variants
+% that use the same notation for all names.
+% By appending |-fl| to the style name, e.\,g., |babalpha-fl|, all names
+% are written ``Forename Lastname''.
+% By appending |-lf|, e.\,g., |babalpha-lf|, all names are written
+% ``Lastname, Forename''.
+%
+% The style |babamspl| is the |babelbib| equivalent to |amsplain|.
+%
+%
+% \section{Customisation of the bibliography's typography}
+% \label{sec:typography}%
+%
+% In constrast to the standard and |germbib| |bst| files, the
+% appearance of the different data types is not fixed for |bab*.bst|.
+% There are commands for some data fields that determine the used
+% font.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\setbibliographyfont}%
+% You can change some font specifications in the bibliography using
+% the command
+% \cs{setbibliographyfont\{\textrm{\meta{element}}\}\{\textrm{\meta{font command}}\}},
+% where \meta{element} is a typographic element, listed in
+% table~\ref{tab:elements}.
+% \begin{table}[tp]
+%   \centering
+%   \caption{Default values for the fonts in bibliographies.
+%     If no value is given, the standard font (normally upright roman)
+%     is used.}
+%   \label{tab:elements}
+%   \begin{tabular}{llll}
+%     \toprule
+%     Element& Data types& \multicolumn{2}{c}{Default value for
+%     \BibTeX\ style} \\
+%     && |bababbrv|, |babalpha|& |babamspl| \\
+%     && |babplain|, |babunsrt|& \\
+%     \midrule
+%     name& Authors, editors& & \\
+%     lastname& Lastnames of Authors, editors& & \\
+%     title& All kinds of titles& \cs{emph}& \cs{emph}\\
+%     jtitle& Title of journal articles& \cs{emph}& \cs{emph}\\
+%     etal& ``\emph{et al.}''& \cs{emph}& \\
+%     journal& Journal name& & \\
+%     publisher& Publisher name& & \\
+%     volume& Volume (journal)& & \cs{textbf} \\
+%     ISBN& ISBN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
+%     ISSN& ISSN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
+%     url& URL& \cs{url}& \cs{url} \\
+%     urldate& visiting date of URL& & \\
+%     ordinal& ordinal numbers in edition& & \\
+%     \bottomrule
+%   \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+% \meta{font command} is a command that takes one argument, e.\,g.\
+% |\textbf|, |\emph|, or |\textsc|.
+% If no suitable command is available, you have to define one, first.
+% For example, you can get a bold italic font as follows:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\newcommand\textitbf[1]{{\bfseries\itshape #1\/}}%
+%\setbibliographyfont{title}{\textitbf}%\end{verbatim}
+% As it can be seen in this example, the argument of the used font
+% command mustn't be specified in |\setbibliographyfont|.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Names}
+%
+% The \meta{element} |name| changes the whole name of the author,
+% including forename and lastname.
+% If |lastname| is also specified, it changes the lastname within the
+% font for the name.
+% For example,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\setbibliographyfont{name}{\emph}
+%\setbibliographyfont{lastname}{\MakeUppercase}\end{verbatim}
+% leads to |\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}| resp.\
+% ``\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}''.
+%
+%
+% By default, a colon is printed after the author names.
+% If you want another sign, just redefine the command
+% \cs{btxauthorcolon}:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\renewcommand\btxauthorcolon{,}\end{verbatim}
+% Unfortunately, it cannot detect whether the name ends on a fullstop.
+% Thus, things like ``Harders, H.. \emph{Title of document}'' may
+% appear.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{URL's}
+%
+% The font definition for |urldate| can also be used not to change the
+% font but to provide a command that writes the date in the correct
+% language, e.\,g., using the |isodate| package:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage[short]{isodate}
+%\setbibliographyfont{urldate}{\printdate}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% When using |urldate|, normally a string is printed between the url
+% itself and the the date, e.g., in English
+% ``\url{http://www.dante.de}, visited on 2005-11-11''.
+% The string is ``|, visited on |''.
+% This is reached by the definition of the internal command
+% \cs{btxurldatecomment}, e.g., for English
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\def\btxurldatecomment#1{%
+%  \protect\foreignlanguage{english}{, visited on #1}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% You can change this command, for example, to typeset the date in
+% brackets:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment#1{ [#1]}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% Be sure not to forget the leading space.
+% It is necessary to be able to begin with a comma which does not have
+% a space before it.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{ISBN and ISSN}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxISBN}%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxISSN}%
+% There are two additional commands, \cs{btxISBN} and \cs{btxISSN}.
+% They generate the strings ``ISBN'' and ``ISSN'' in bibliographies. 
+% By default, they do it without a change of the font. 
+% For example, if using oldstyle digits, it could be worth to change
+% them e.\,g.\ to
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\renewcommand\btxISBN{\textsc{isbn}}
+%\renewcommand\btxISSN{\textsc{issn}}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISBN}%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISSN}%
+% By default, the ISBN resp.\ ISSN is printed if present in the data
+% base.
+% You can switch this behaviour off by using \cs{btxprintISBN\{false\}}
+% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{false\}}.
+% Similarly, printing is switched on by \cs{btxprintISBN\{true\}}
+% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{true\}}.
+% Alternatively, you can switch on or off the ISBN and ISSN when
+% loading the package by using the package options |isbn|, |noisbn|,
+% |issn|, or |noissn|.
+%
+% This, however, only works for the ``standard'' styles, i.\,e., not for
+% the \AmS\ style |babamspl|.
+%
+% If you are using |babamspl|, the language names of the citations are
+% printed by default, as the original \AmS\ style does it.
+% You can avoid this by adding following line to your preamble:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\newcommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{}\end{verbatim}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Spaces between forenames}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxfnamespaceshort}%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxfnamespacelong}%
+% The spaces between multiple forenames are written by
+% \cs{btxfnamespacelong} and \cs{btxfnamespaceshort} for full and
+% abbreviated forenames, respectively.
+% By default, a normal space is used between full forenames, and a
+% thin space (\cs{,}) is used between abbreviated forenames (with the
+% exception English where no space is printed).
+% These defaults can be changed language-dependent:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+%  \def\btxfnamespacelong{~}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Edition numbers}
+%
+% Ordinal numbers for editions are handled by \LaTeX\ when typesetting
+% the bibliography.
+% You just have to give the number itself in the |bib| file and it is
+% typeset correctly in the bibliography, e.g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%edition = 3\end{verbatim}
+% is typeset as "`3."' in German and ``3rd'' in English.
+% For some other languages, corresponding definitions are included in
+% this package as well.
+% Unfortunately, I do not know about some languages how to write
+% ordinal numbers.
+% Thus, in some languages, a warning is produced and the given
+% number is printed without a change (``3'' in the example).
+% If not a pure number is given, it also is typeset without a change.
+% You can add or change the output of edition numbers on a language
+% basis, e.g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxnumeralshort#1{%
+%    \btxnumeralenglish{english}{#1}}%
+%  \def\btxnumerallong#1{%
+%    \ifnumber{#1}{%
+%      \ifcase#1 0th\or first\or second\or third\or forth\or fifth\or
+%        sixth\or seventh\or eighth\or nineth\or tenth\else
+%        \btxnumeralenglish{english}{#1}%
+%      \fi}{#1}}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% This example typesets the ordinals between 1st and 10th as words and
+% switches to the short form for larger numbers in English language
+% for the long version and uses the default function for the short
+% version.
+%
+% Three output formats are predefined:
+% \cs{btxnumeraldot} prints the number with a dot followed, as
+% it is common in German.
+% \cs{btxnumeralenglish} adds ``st'', ``nd'', ``rd'', or
+% ``th'', depending on the number.
+% And \cs{btxnumeralfallback} generates a warning and prints
+% the number as given.
+%
+% If you, for instance, want to switch the Danish behaviour to be as
+% the German is, use these commands:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{danish}{%
+%  \def\btxnumeralshort#1{\btxnumeraldot{danish}{#1}}%
+%  \def\btxnumerallong#1{\btxnumeraldot{danish}{#1}}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% For the English variant, a font |numeral| is predefined that
+% typesets the appended characters. 
+% If you, for example, want to print the superscripted, use
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\setbibliographyfont{numeral}{\textsuperscript}\end{verbatim}
+% 
+% If you know how numerals are handled in a language, please send me
+% an eMail.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Printing of month and year}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{datename}%
+% Starting with version 1.29, |babelbib| prints dates in the format
+% ``MMM YYYY' with the name of the month in case the month is
+% specified in an bibliography entry by default (or by using the
+% package option |datename|).
+% For example,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%@Manual{baeker1998a,
+%  title = 	 {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik
+%                  und Anwendungen},
+%  author =	 {B\"aker, M.},
+%  organization = {Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at
+%                  Braunschweig},
+%  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+%  month =	 oct,
+%  year =	 1998,
+%  language =	 {ngerman}
+%}
+%
+%@TechReport{aurenhammer1996a,
+%  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+%  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams},
+%  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+%  year = 	 1996,
+%  number =	 198,
+%  month =	 5,
+%  language =	 {english}
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% results in
+% \begingroup
+% \def\section*#1{}
+% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+%   \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
+%
+% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
+% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
+% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
+% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
+%   Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
+%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
+%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
+%  {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
+% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
+%   in Hagen,
+%  \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% \endgroup
+% Note that this conversion only works if you specify the month using
+% the predefined macro names |jan|, |feb|, etc.\ or if you specify the
+% month numerically (|1|, |2|, |3|, etc.).
+% If you use strings (e.\,g., ``January''), the handling of months
+% does not work so that month and year are printed as given in any
+% case.
+%
+% Whether the full name (e.\,g., ``October'') or an abbreviation
+% (e.\,g., ``Oct.'') is printed, is determined by the bibliography
+% style (|.bst|).
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{datenumeric}%
+% By loading |babelbib| with the package option |datenumeric|, the
+% month is converted to a number.
+% Currently, the output format is ``MM/YYYY'' in all languages.
+% The result looks as follows:
+% \begingroup
+% \def\section*#1{}
+% \makeatletter
+% \btx@datenumeric
+% \makeatother
+% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+%   \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
+%
+% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
+% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
+% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
+% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
+%   Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
+%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
+%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
+%  {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
+% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
+%   in Hagen,
+%  \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintmonthyearnum}%
+% If you don't like the used format, you might change it by redefining
+% the macro \cs{btxprintmonthyearnum} for your language as follows:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{danish}{%
+%  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum#1#2{#1-#2}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% Here, the first argument is the month, the second the year.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{dateasis}%
+% By loading |babelbib| with the package option |dateasis|, the month
+% is printed as specified in the |bib| file in the format ``MMM YYYY''.
+% Beware that the internal macro names |jan|, |feb|, etc.\ are handled
+% as numbers so that following output is gained:
+% \begingroup
+% \def\section*#1{}
+% \makeatletter
+% \btx@dateasis
+% \makeatother
+% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+%   \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%   \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
+%
+% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
+% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
+% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
+% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
+%   Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
+%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
+%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
+%  {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
+%  {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
+% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
+%   in Hagen,
+%  \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% \endgroup
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{How to add new languages}
+%
+% The language definitions are placed in special files with the
+% extension |.bdf|.
+% If you want to add a new language to the |babelbib| system, you
+% should copy one of the existing |bdf| files and change the new
+% file.
+% Make sure to use an existing |bdf| file of the most recent babelbib
+% version.
+% 
+% Since |babelbib.sty| contains a list of known languages, it will not
+% find the new language definition file, automatically. 
+% Then, you can give the name of the new file without extension as an
+% option when loading |babelbib|. 
+% For example, to load |mylang.bdf|, you have to load the package as
+% follows:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage[mylang]{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% If you have developed a new |bdf| file, please send it to
+% |harald.harders@gmx.de|.
+% Then, I will add it to the |babelbib| system.
+%
+% \section{Problems and Incompatibilities}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+%   Babelbib does not work together with old versions of the
+%   |frenchle| package prior V5,987.
+%   Please update the frenchle package or use the native babel support
+%   for the French language, instead.
+% \item
+%   If babelbib is used together with one of the classes of the
+%   KOMA-Script bundle, some additional spaces are added when
+%   numerical edition numbers are used. 
+%   This is a KOMA-Script bug and will be fixed in the next
+%   KOMA-Script release.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \section{To Do}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Add more languages.
+% \item Complete Dutch.
+% \item Add the possibility to switch off ISBN and ISSN to |babasmpl|.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+%
+% \section*{Acknowledgements}
+%
+% Danie Els, \url{dnjels@sun.ac.za} (Afrikaans);
+% Taneli Huuskonen, \url{huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi} (Esperanto, Finnish);
+% V\'\i ctor Lua\~na, \url{victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es} (Spanish);
+% Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, \url{hansfn@mi.uib.no} (Norwegian, Swedish);
+% Robert Fuster, \url{rfuster@imm.upv.es} (Catalan);
+% Markus Kohm, \url{komascript@gmx.info} (Different schemes for writing names);
+% Matthias D. Eisner, \url{matthias.eisner@ethz.ch} (protect
+% \cs{foreignlanguage} calls);
+% Daniel Winkelmann, \url{daniel.winkelmann@club-internet.fr}
+% (idea for different formatting of forenames and lastnames);
+% Jan Steffan, \url{me@jansteffan.de} (\cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage});
+% Philip Ratcliffe, \url{philip.ratcliffe@email.it} (corrections for
+% Italian); Angel Tsankov, \url{bigman@abv.bg} (bugfix with
+% \cs{bbbb\meta{\cs{CurrentOption}}loaded});
+% Prokopis Prokopidis, \url{prokopis@ilsp.gr} (Greek);
+% Daniel Flipo, \url{daniel.flipo@univ-lille1.fr} (French numerals);
+% Ignacio Fern\'andez Galv\'an, \url{jellby@yahoo.com} (Spanish
+% numerals);
+% Peter Bartke, \url{bartke@inf.fu-berlin.de} (idea of annote field);
+% Yanti Yulianti, \url{y_yanti@students.itb.ac.id} (Bahasa);
+% Miguel Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad, \url{penabad@udc.es} (Galician);
+% Jos\'e Carlos Santos, \url{jcsantos@fc.up.pt} (Portuguese);
+% Iago Qui\~nones, \url{iagoqo@gmail.com} (bugfix for Spanish);
+% Erik \"Osthols, \url{erik.osthols@gmail.com} (Swedish);
+% Zoran Filipovic, \url{zoran.filipovic@yahoo.com} (Serbian);
+% Andrei Dragomirescu, \url{andrei.dragomirescu@gmail.com};
+% Tomas Hnizdil, \url{tomash.cz@gmail.com}.
+%
+% Furthermore, I thank the person who provided Russian. 
+% Unfortunately, I cannot find the name anymore.
+%
+%\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+%  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
+%
+%\selectlanguage{\english}
+%\bibitem{babel}
+%\btxnamefont{Braams, Johannes}: \btxtitlefont{Babel, a multilingual package
+%  for use with \LaTeX's standard document classes}, 2002.
+%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:macros/latex/required/babel/}.
+%
+%\selectlanguage{\english}
+%\bibitem{germbib}
+%\btxnamefont{Wallmeier, M.}, A.~Scherer\btxandcomma{} \btxandlong{}\
+%  \btxnamefont{H.~Harders}: \btxtitlefont{Macros for german {\BibTeX}ing},
+%  2000.
+%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:biblio/bibtex/contrib/germbib/}.
+%
+%\end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges \PrintIndex}
+%
+%
+% \section{The implementation}
+%
+% Source lines that look like \texttt{$\langle$*...$\rangle$} or
+% \texttt{$\langle$/...$\rangle$} where \texttt{...} is arbitrary text
+% are not written into the output files.
+% If a source line starts with \texttt{$\langle$...$\rangle$}, this
+% part of the line is omitted.
+%
+% \subsection{Headings of the files}
+%
+% Heading of the package and the other files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1998/06/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{babelbib}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% File heads of the |bdf| files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<afrikaans>%% Language definitions for Afrikaans by
+%<afrikaans>%%   Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
+%<afrikaans>\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.bdf}
+%<bahasa>%% Language definitions for Bahasa by
+%<bahasa>%%   Yanti Yulianti <y_yanti@students.itb.ac.id>
+%<bahasa>\ProvidesFile{bahasa.bdf}
+%<catalan>%% Language definitions for Catalan by
+%<catalan>%%   Robert Fuster <rfuster@imm.upv.es>
+%<catalan>\ProvidesFile{catalan.bdf}
+%<croatian>%% Language definitions for Croatian by
+%<croatian>%%   Vedran Mileti\'c <vmiletic@inf.uniri.hr>,
+%<croatian>%%   Ivan Kokan <ivan.kokan@gmail.com>,
+%<croatian>%%   Ivica Naki\'c <nakic@math.hr>
+%<croatian>\ProvidesFile{croatian.bdf}
+%<czech>%% Language definitions for Czech by
+%<czech>%%   Tomas Hnizdil <tomash.cz@gmail.com>
+%<czech>\ProvidesFile{czech.bdf}
+%<danish>\ProvidesFile{danish.bdf}
+%<dutch>\ProvidesFile{dutch.bdf}
+%<english>\ProvidesFile{english.bdf}
+%<esperanto>%% Language definitions for Esperanto by
+%<esperanto>%%   Taneli Huuskonen <huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi>
+%<esperanto>\ProvidesFile{esperanto.bdf}
+%<finnish>%% Language definitions for Finnish by
+%<finnish>%%   Taneli Huuskonen <huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi>
+%<finnish>\ProvidesFile{finnish.bdf}
+%<french>\ProvidesFile{french.bdf}
+%<galician>%% Language definitions for Galician by
+%<galician>%%   Miguel Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad <penabad@udc.es>
+%<galician>\ProvidesFile{galician.bdf}
+%<german>\ProvidesFile{german.bdf}
+%<greek>\ProvidesFile{greek.bdf}
+%<greek>%% Language definitions for Greek by
+%<greek>%%   Prokopis Prokopidis <prokopis@ilsp.gr>
+%<italian>\ProvidesFile{italian.bdf}
+%<norsk>%% Language definitions for Norwegian by
+%<norsk>%%   Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no>
+%<norsk>\ProvidesFile{norsk.bdf}
+%<portuguese>%% Language definitions for Portuguese by
+%<portuguese>%%   Jos\'e Carlos Santos <jcsantos@fc.up.pt>
+%<portuguese>\ProvidesFile{portuguese.bdf}
+%<romanian>%% Language definitions for Romanian by
+%<romanian>%%   Andrei Dragomirescu <andrei.dragomirescu@gmail.com>
+%<romanian>\ProvidesFile{romanian.bdf}
+%<russian>%% Language definitions for Russian by
+%<russian>%%   ... (can't find the information. If it was you please tell me!)
+%<russian>\ProvidesFile{russian.bdf}
+%<serbian>%% Language definitions for Serbian by
+%<serbian>%%   Zoran Filipovic <zoran.filipovic@yahoo.com>
+%<serbian>\ProvidesFile{serbian.bdf}
+%<spanish>%% Language definitions for Spanish by
+%<spanish>%%   V{\'\i}ctor Lua{\~n}a <victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es>
+%<spanish>\ProvidesFile{spanish.bdf}
+%<swedish>%% Language definitions for Swedish by
+%<swedish>%%   Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no> and
+%<swedish>%%   Erik \"Osthols <erik.osthols@gmail.com>
+%<swedish>\ProvidesFile{swedish.bdf}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Version information unique for all generated files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<latex>  [2012/01/03 v1.31  babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)]
+%<bst>%% 2012/01/03 v1.31  babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The package itself}
+%
+% \index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|main}%
+% Define an option which fixes the language in the bibliography to the
+% main language of the document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\newif\ifbbbbfixlanguage
+\DeclareOption{fixlanguage}{\bbbbfixlanguagetrue}
+\DeclareOption{varlanguage}{\bbbbfixlanguagefalse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
+%   define commands for language names}%
+% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|main}%
+% If this option is used, generate the commands
+% \cs{btxlanguagename}\meta{language} that save how languages are
+% called in other languages, e.\,g. in German, French is called
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`französisch"'}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifbbbblanguagenames
+\DeclareOption{nolanguagenames}{\bbbblanguagenamesfalse}
+\DeclareOption{languagenames}{\bbbblanguagenamestrue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifbbbbannotations
+\DeclareOption{annote}{\bbbbannotationstrue}
+\DeclareOption{noannote}{\bbbbannotationsfalse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISSN}
+% The booleans that store the necessary information if ISBN and ISSN
+% shall be printed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifbtx@printISBN
+\newif\ifbtx@printISSN
+\DeclareOption{isbn}{\btx@printISBNtrue}
+\DeclareOption{noisbn}{\btx@printISBNfalse}
+\DeclareOption{issn}{\btx@printISSNtrue}
+\DeclareOption{noissn}{\btx@printISSNfalse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\bbbbifundefined}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxprintmonthyear[4]{}
+\newcommand*\btx@dateasis{%
+  \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{##2\ ##3}%
+}
+\newcommand*\btx@datenumeric{%
+  \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{%
+    \ifnumber{##2}{\btxprintmonthyearnum{##2}{##3}}{##2\ ##3}}%
+}
+\newcommand*\btx@datename{%
+  \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{%
+    \ifnumber{##2}{%
+      \ifcase ##2 \or
+      \csname btxmonjan##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonfeb##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonmar##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonapr##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonmay##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonjun##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonjul##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonaug##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonsep##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonoct##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmonnov##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \csname btxmondec##4\endcsname{##1}\or
+      \PackageError{babelbib}{%
+        Month outside range 1 to 12 used}{%
+        Better use the BibTeX names jan, feb, mar, etc.}%
+      \fi
+      \ ##3%
+    }{%
+      ##2\ ##3}%
+  }%
+}
+\DeclareOption{dateasis}{\btx@dateasis}
+\DeclareOption{datenumeric}{\btx@datenumeric}
+\DeclareOption{datename}{\btx@datename}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% If additional options are given, try to load these as
+% languages. This is implemented in order to be able to use a new
+% language that is not yet supported by the official |babelbib|.
+% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Small bug fix in loading language files}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption*{%
+  \InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.bdf}{%
+    \expandafter\def\csname bbbb\CurrentOption loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
+  }{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{%
+      Language definition file \CurrentOption.bdf not found}{%
+      Maybe you misspelled the language option?}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ExecuteOptions{varlanguage,nolanguagenames,noannote,isbn,issn,datename}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Process the given options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\bbbbifundefined}
+% Define a replacement for \cs{@ifundefined} that does not define the
+% command it is tested for as side effect.
+% This command has been taken from a news posting by Markus Kohm
+% (|markus.kohm@gmx.de|).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\bbbbifundefined}[1]{%
+  \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bbbbaddto}
+% Adds the command named |\bibs#2| to the command |\extras#1|, if this
+% command is defined before, where |#1| and |#2| are the arguments of
+% |\bbbbaddto|. For internal use only.
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Changed \cs{bbbbaddto} in order to allow
+%   different commands to be added to \cs{extras}\meta{language}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bbbbaddto[2]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Test wheather  |\extras#1| is defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\bbbbifundefined{extras#1}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Call |babel|'s command to append |\bibs#1| to |\extras#1|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter\addto\expandafter{\csname extras#1\endcsname}{%
+      \csname #2\endcsname}%
+    \typeout{babelbib extension \@backslashchar #2 added to
+      \string\extras #1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\inputbdf}
+% Input the file |#2.bdf| if babel has loaded the language |#1|. 
+% For internal use only.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\inputbdf[2]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/05}{Test on \cs{date}\meta{language} instead on
+%   \cs{l@}\meta{language} (caused problems with \TeX Live)}%
+% Test wheather |\date#1| is defined which is the case if the language
+% |#1| has been loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Input |#2.bdf|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@ifundefined{bbbb#2loaded}{%
+      \expandafter\def\csname bbbb#2loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
+      \input{#2.bdf}%
+    }{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\selectbiblanguage}
+% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Handling of usage before or after
+%   \texttt{begin\{document\}} added}%
+% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which explicitly selects the language
+% for the bibliography. This is only useful when the option
+% |fixlanguage| is used.
+% Otherwise the command produces a warning and does nothing else.
+%
+% Since all the language dependent macros are not know before
+% |\begin{document}|, the command |\selectbiblanguage| has to wait
+% until there, before doing any action. 
+% Because after |\begin{document}|, it can do the action immediately,
+% |\selectbiblanguge| has to be redefined there.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbbbbfixlanguage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the |\selectlanguage| command for usage before
+% |\begin{document}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \AtBeginDocument{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine it at |\begin{document}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \renewcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the ``real'' command that does the action.
+% It tests wheather |\bibs#1| and |\extras#1| are known and produces
+% error messages if not.
+% If everything is okay, change the bibliography language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \newcommand\@selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
+      \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
+          by babel}{%
+          The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
+          Add it to the\MessageBreak
+          options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
+          global options.}%
+      }{%
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
+          babelbib}{%
+          There are no definitions for #1 available in the
+          current\MessageBreak
+          version of babelbib. Please contact harald.harders@gmx.de.}%
+      }%
+    }{%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Set language for keywords in the bibliography fixed to #1}%
+      \csname bibs#1\endcsname
+    }%
+  }
+\else
+  \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Command \string\selectbiblanguage\space
+      used without package\MessageBreak
+      option fixlanguage. Ignored}%
+  }
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Use citation-dependent languages in bibliography}%
+  }
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxselectlanguage}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which selects a language and complains
+% if babelbib does not know about this language.
+% For internal use, only.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxselectlanguage[1]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
+    \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
+      \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
+        by babel}{%
+        The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
+        Add it to the\MessageBreak
+        options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
+        global options.}%
+    }{%
+      \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+        \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography
+          unknown\MessageBreak 
+          by babelbib. Hyphenation will be\MessageBreak
+          incorrect}%
+      \else
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
+          babelbib}{%
+          There are no definitions for #1 available in the
+          current\MessageBreak
+          version of babelbib. Please contact harald.harders@gmx.de.}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  }{%
+    \csname extras#1\endcsname
+    \selectlanguage{#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\biblanguage}
+% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Add \cs{biblanguage} that switches to the
+%   keyword language within a field}%
+% Define \cs{biblanguage} which switches to the keyword language
+% within a field.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\biblanguage[1]{{%
+    \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\biblanguagename}#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxlanguagename}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\btxlanguagename| which typesets the name of the language
+% given in the argument, spoken in the current active language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxlanguagename[1]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btxlanguagename#1}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Languagename for #1 not
+      defined\MessageBreak
+      in \languagename\space language}{%
+      Either you have forgotten to specify the option `languagenames'
+      when loading\MessageBreak
+      babelbib, or the command \string\bibs\languagename\space does
+      not contain a definition\MessageBreak
+      for the command \string\btxlanguagename#1.
+      In the latter case, please\MessageBreak 
+      contact harald.harders@gmx.de.}%
+    #1%
+  }{%
+    \@nameuse{btxlanguagename#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add the command \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+%   to force a fall-back language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setbtxfallbacklanguage[1]{%
+  \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{#1}%
+  \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
+    \btxfallbacklanguage}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxfallbacklanguage}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Add the command \cs{btxfallbacklanguage}
+%   for items without given language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifundefined{btxfallbacklanguage}{%
+    \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{\languagename}%
+  \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
+    \btxfallbacklanguage}%
+  }{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography fall-back language unchanged
+      (\btxfallbacklanguage)}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\declarebtxcommands}
+% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Added}%
+% Declare |\declarebtxcommands| which adds or replaces one or more of the
+% |\Btx| or |\btx| commands defined in a \cs{bibs}\meta{language}
+% command.
+% The first argument gives the language for which the commands shall
+% be added or changed.
+% The second argument includes the definitions of the commands.
+% For an example, see section~\ref{sec:usage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\declarebtxcommands[2]{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Add a command to \string\bibs#1}%
+    \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname bibs#1\endcsname{#2}%
+    \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+      \selectbiblanguage{\biblanguagename}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This command may only be used in the preamble.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\declarebtxcommands
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseon}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseoff}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% The bst files write titles twice, first with changed case and second
+% with preserved case.
+% The macros \cs{btxifchangecaseon} and \cs{btxifchangecaseoff}
+% typeset one of these versions.
+% The languages append one of these commands to the
+% \cs{extras}\meta{language} commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseon{%
+  \def\btxifchangecase{\@firstoftwo}%
+}%
+\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseoff{%
+  \def\btxifchangecase{\@secondoftwo}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setbibliographyfont}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Don't change the font commands directly
+%   but use this command}%
+% Define |\setbibliographyfont| and |\setbibliographyfont*| that set
+% the font declared by the first argument |#1| to the second argument
+% |#2|.
+% The second argument has to be a macro with one argument, like
+% |\textbf|, |\emph|, |\textsc|, etc.
+% The normal version generates an error, if the internal command
+% |\btx#1font| is not defined. 
+% The star version doesn't.
+% error.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\setbibliographyfont{%
+  \@ifnextchar*{\@@setbibliographyfont}{\@setbibliographyfont}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@setbibliographyfont}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@setbibliographyfont[2]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
+      You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
+      \MessageBreak
+      `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#1' changed.}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
+% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@@setbibliographyfont[3]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
+    \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' newly defined.}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' changed.}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\providebibliographyfont}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\providebibliographyfont| and |\providebibliographyfont*|
+% that do the same as |\setbibliographyfont| and
+% |\setbibliographyfont*|, but only, if |\setbibliographyfont| has not
+% been used for |#1|, before.
+% It is similar to |\providecommmand| which only defines that command
+% if it is undefined, before.
+% This command is intended to be used by the \BibTeX\ style, but can
+% also be used by the user.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\providebibliographyfont{%
+  \@ifnextchar*{\@@providebibliographyfont}{\@providebibliographyfont}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@providebibliographyfont}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@providebibliographyfont[2]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
+      You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
+      \MessageBreak
+      `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#1font\endcsname\@empty
+      \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#1'.}%
+    \else
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#1'.}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
+% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@@providebibliographyfont[3]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
+    \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#2font\endcsname\@empty
+      \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
+    \else
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#2'.}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnamefont}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Add new font for journal names}%
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add new font \cs{btxlastname} for last
+%   names}%
+% Define the dummy commands for available fonts
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxnamefont{}
+\let\btxnamefont=\@empty
+\newcommand*\btxlastnamefont{}
+\let\btxlastnamefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxtitlefont{}
+\let\btxtitlefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxjtitlefont{}
+\let\btxjtitlefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxetalfont{}
+\let\btxetalfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxjournalfont{}
+\let\btxjournalfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxpublisherfont{}
+\let\btxpublisherfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxvolumefont{}
+\let\btxvolumefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxISBNfont{}
+\let\btxISBNfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxISSNfont{}
+\let\btxISSNfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxurlfont{}
+\let\btxurlfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxurldatefont{}
+\let\btxurldatefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxnumeralfont{}
+\let\btxnumeralfont=\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxauthorcolon}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\btxauthorcolon| which defines the characters typeset after 
+% the authors, if they are written before the title.
+% By default, it is a ``:''. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxauthorcolon{:}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxISBN}
+% Define |\btxISBN| which outputs "`ISBN"' in a bibliography. 
+% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{isbn}| when old style
+% digits are used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxISBN{ISBN}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxISSN}
+% Define |\btxISSN| which outputs "`ISSN"' in a bibliography. 
+% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{issn}| when old style
+% digits are used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxISSN{ISSN}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISSN}
+% These commands are used by the bibliography styles to typeset the
+% ISBN or ISSN only if wanted.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISBN[1]{\ifbtx@printISBN #1\fi}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISSN[1]{\ifbtx@printISSN #1\fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISSN}
+% These macros are used to switch on or off printing of ISBN resp.\
+% ISSN.
+% Valid arguments are |true| and |false|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxprintISBN[1]{\csname btx@printISBN#1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*\btxprintISSN[1]{\csname btx@printISSN#1\endcsname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxannotation}
+% A command that typesets annotations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbbbbannotations
+  \DeclareRobustCommand\btxannotation[1]{%
+    \begin{quotation}%
+      \noindent
+      #1%
+    \end{quotation}%
+  }
+\else
+  \DeclareRobustCommand\btxannotation[1]{}%
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btx@ifnumerical}
+% Test wheather argument 1 is a number (from KOMA script)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\ifnumber[3]{%
+ \begingroup\@tempswafalse\let\scr@next\test@number
+ \expandafter\scr@next#1\scr@next
+ \if@tempswa\endgroup#2\else\endgroup#3\fi
+}
+\providecommand*\test@number[1]{%
+ \ifx \scr@next#1%
+  \let\scr@next\relax
+ \else
+  \@tempcnta=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\number
+  \expandafter`#1\relax
+  \ifnum \@tempcnta>47\relax
+   \ifnum \@tempcnta<58\relax
+    \@tempswatrue
+   \else\@tempswafalse\fi
+  \else\@tempswafalse\fi
+  \if@tempswa\else\let\scr@next\gobble@till@next\fi\fi
+ \scr@next
+}
+\def\gobble@till@next#1\scr@next{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Handle numerical edition numbers}%
+% \begin{macro}{\btx@parsenum}
+% Parses the number given by \cs{btx@parsenum}\meta{number}\cs{@empty}
+% prints it and returns the last two digits in \cs{btx@digita} and
+% \cs{btx@digitb}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\btx@parsenum#1#2#3\@empty{%
+  #1%
+  \edef\btx@digitb{#3}%
+  \ifx\@empty\btx@digitb
+    #2%
+    \edef\btx@digita{#1}%
+    \edef\btx@digitb{#2}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2#3\@empty
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralfallback}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralfallback[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+    \ifnumber{#2}{%
+      \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Handling of numerical editions not
+        handled\MessageBreak by language #1 for edition `#2'}%
+    }{}%
+    #2%
+  }%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeraldot}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeraldot[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{\ifnumber{#2}{#2.}{#2}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralenglish}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralenglish[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+    \ifnumber{#2}{%
+      \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2\@empty\@empty\@empty
+      \btxnumeralfont{%
+        \ifx\btx@digitb\@empty
+          \ifcase\btx@digita th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi
+        \else
+          \ifnum\btx@digita=1
+            th%
+          \else
+            \ifcase\btx@digitb th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        }%
+    }{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralromanian}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Romanian numerals}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{btxromaniannumeral}%
+\renewcommand\thebtxromaniannumeral{\Roman{btxromaniannumeral}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralromanian[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+    \ifnumber{#2}{%
+      \setcounter{btxromaniannumeral}{#2}%
+      \ifcase#2 0\or \thebtxromaniannumeral\else a \thebtxromaniannumeral-a \fi
+    }{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralswedish}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Swedish numerals}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralswedish[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+    \ifnumber{#2}{%
+      \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2\@empty\@empty\@empty
+      \btxnumeralfont{%
+        \ifx\btx@digitb\@empty
+          \ifcase\btx@digita :e\or :a\or :a\or :e\else :e\fi
+        \else
+          \ifnum\btx@digita=1
+            :a%
+          \else
+            \ifcase\btx@digitb :e\or :a\or :a\or :e\else :e\fi
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        }%
+    }{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\url}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{If no \cs{url} command is defined,
+%   produce an error}%
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added, if not available by another
+%   package}%
+% Define |\url| which, by default, is used for URLs. Only necessary if
+% not provided by another package, e.\,g.\ |url.sty|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \providecommand\url[1]{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{No \string\url\space command defined but
+      field URL used\MessageBreak
+      in bibliography}{%
+      Please define a \string\url\space command for printing URLs
+      before \string\begin{document}, e.\,g.\MessageBreak
+        by loading the package `url.sty'.}%
+    \texttt{#1}%
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Perform the following commands at |\begin{document}| in order to be
+% sure to do that after loading |babel|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Load |babel| if that has not been done, yet.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \RequirePackage{babel}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Input all know languages that babel has also loaded, before.
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Removed Italian from the list of
+%   automatically found languages, since it is not complete, yet}%
+% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added Italian to the list of automatically
+%   found languages, again}%
+% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans}%
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Added Norwegian (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Renamed franceis to francais}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \inputbdf{afrikaans}{afrikaans}
+  \inputbdf{american}{english}
+  \inputbdf{austrian}{german}
+  \inputbdf{bahasa}{bahasa}
+  \inputbdf{brazil}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{brazilian}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{british}{english}
+  \inputbdf{canadian}{english}
+  \inputbdf{canadien}{french}
+  \inputbdf{catalan}{catalan}
+  \inputbdf{croatian}{croatian}
+  \inputbdf{czech}{czech}
+  \inputbdf{danish}{danish}
+  \inputbdf{dutch}{dutch}
+  \inputbdf{english}{english}
+  \inputbdf{esperanto}{esperanto}
+  \inputbdf{finnish}{finnish}
+  \inputbdf{francais}{french}
+  \inputbdf{french}{french}
+  \inputbdf{frenchb}{french}
+  \inputbdf{galician}{galician}
+  \inputbdf{german}{german}
+  \inputbdf{germanb}{german}
+  \inputbdf{greek}{greek}
+  \inputbdf{italian}{italian}
+  \inputbdf{norsk}{norsk}
+  \inputbdf{mexican}{spanish}
+  \inputbdf{naustrian}{german}
+  \inputbdf{ngerman}{german}
+  \inputbdf{portuges}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{portuguese}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{romanian}{romanian}
+  \inputbdf{russian}{russian}
+  \inputbdf{russianb}{russian}
+  \inputbdf{serbian}{serbian}
+  \inputbdf{spanish}{spanish}
+  \inputbdf{swedish}{swedish}
+  \inputbdf{UKenglish}{english}
+  \inputbdf{USenglish}{english}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Call |\bibs#1|, where |#1| stands for the main language of the
+% document, to activate the additional bibliographic commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+    \typeout{babelbib: Load BibTeX extensions
+      \string\bibs\bbl@main@language\space for \bbl@main@language}%
+    \selectbiblanguage{\bbl@main@language}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
+  \fi
+}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The language definitions}
+%
+% \subsubsection{German}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*german>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgerman}
+% Define |\bibsgerman| which itself defines all necessary expressions
+% used in bibliographies that differ in different languages.
+% This command is used for all German dialects.
+%
+% Since the language of the keywords may differ from the language of
+% the bibliography item, the keyword language is set for each keyword.
+% Because this command is also used for dialects, it has an optional
+% argument which is set to the dialect.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgerman[1][german]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the command |\biblanguagename| that always returns the name
+% of the current language for bibliographies.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First, define all commands for usage within a sentence (which
+% normally start with a lowercase letter, if they aren't a noun).
+% These commands start with a lowercase letter.
+%
+% Many commands have an argument. This may be used by the bib\TeX\
+% styles to append a dot after abbreviations, e.\,g.\
+% |\btxetalshort{.}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The command |\btxandcomma| contains a ``,'' if a comma is added
+% before the ``and'' in a list of more than two items.
+% For German, this is not the case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d.\ Reihe}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{der Reihe}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Band}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Avoid the ligature in
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Auf"|lage"'} in the same way, |babel|
+% does it.
+% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
+% In \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Aufl"'} the ligature is still
+% used since this is done in abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aufl##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Auf\penalty10000\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}%
+      \allowhyphens lage}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seite}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seiten}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Diplomarbeit}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'} instead of 
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Doktorarbeit"'} for PhD theses.
+% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dissertation}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ Ber##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technischer Bericht}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dezember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dez##1{}}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then, define all commands for usage at the begin of a sentence
+% (which start with an uppercase letter).
+% These commands start with an uppercase letter.
+% Since, in German, many nouns are the same in the middle and at the
+% start of a sentence, the |\Btx| variants just call the |\btx|
+% variant.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort{\btxeditorshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong{\btxeditorlong}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort{\btxeditorsshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong{\btxeditorslong}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort{\btxvolumeshort}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong{\btxvolumelong}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort{\btxnumbershort}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong{\btxnumberlong}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort{\btxeditionshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong{\btxeditionlong}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort{\btxchaptershort}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong{\btxchapterlong}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort{\btxpageshort}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong{\btxpagelong}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort{\btxpagesshort}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong{\btxpageslong}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort{\btxtechrepshort}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong{\btxtechreplong}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, besucht: ##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.16}{2005/10/31}{Allow to alter space between two
+%   forenames}%
+% The command \cs{btxfnamespaceshort} and \cs{btxfnamespacelong}
+% contain the space between two abbreviated resp.\ full forenames.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Handle numerical edition numbers}%
+% Handle numerical edition numbers.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% A command that just puts some user defined text in the language of
+% the keywords.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+% For example, used by |babamspl.bst|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tschechisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{niederl\"andisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griechisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebr\"aisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lateinisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neunorwegisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polnisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schottisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schwedisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t\"urkisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgermanb}
+% Do the same for the language ``germanb''. Since there is no
+% difference, just call |\bibsgerman|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgermanb{\bibsgerman}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsngerman}
+% Do the same for German with new ortography. Call |\bibsgerman| with
+% new hyphenation patterns.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsngerman[1][ngerman]{\bibsgerman[#1]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsaustrian}
+% Once again. Austrians use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`J\"anner"'}
+% instead of \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Januar"'}. Thus, redefine the
+% corresponding command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsaustrian[1][austrian]{%
+  \bibsgerman[#1]%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsnaustrian}
+% New Austrian is the same as Austrian.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsnaustrian[1][naustrian]{%
+  \bibsngerman[#1]%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The rest has to be executed after loading |babel.sty|, because the
+% |\extra...| commands have to be defined for all used languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the language is fixed, do nothing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the corresponding |\#2| command to each used language,
+% namely |\extras#1|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \bbbbaddto{austrian}{bibsaustrian}
+    \bbbbaddto{german}{bibsgerman}
+    \bbbbaddto{germanb}{bibsgermanb}
+    \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{bibsnaustrian}
+    \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{bibsngerman}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all German dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{austrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{german}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{germanb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</german>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Galician}
+% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added Galician language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*galician>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Galician was provided by Miguel
+% Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgalician}
+% Bibliographic commands for Galician.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgalician[1][galician]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e~cols##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e~colaboradores}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici\'{o}n}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tulo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ax##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axs##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axinas}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Licenciatura}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Doutoramento}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xaneiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febreiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marzo}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xu\~no}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xullo}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Setembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Outubro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xu\~n}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Out##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'on}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itulo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ax##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axs##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axinas}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitado o ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{a}}{##1}}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lat\'\i n}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruso}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{galician}{bibsgalician}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{galician}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</galician>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{English}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*english>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for English is mostly the same as the German
+% one. Therefore, it is not described in detail, again.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsenglish}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
+% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsenglish}. 
+% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsenglish{}}
+\makeatother
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Changed some abbreviations}%
+% Bibliographic commands for English.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\bibsenglish[1][english]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{number}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edition}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ch##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapter}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Master's thesis}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD thesis}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ rep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical report}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{January}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{February}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{March}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{October}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Number}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edition}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ch##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapter}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rep##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical Report}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visited on ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsamerican{\bibsenglish[american]}
+\newcommand\bibsbritish{\bibsenglish[british]}
+\newcommand\bibscanadian{\bibsenglish[canadian]}
+\newcommand\bibsUKenglish{\bibsenglish[UKenglish]}
+\newcommand\bibsUSenglish{\bibsenglish[USenglish]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{american}{bibsamerican}
+    \bbbbaddto{british}{bibsbritish}
+    \bbbbaddto{canadian}{bibscanadian}
+    \bbbbaddto{english}{bibsenglish}
+    \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{bibsUKenglish}
+    \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{bibsUSenglish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all English dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{american}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{british}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{canadian}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{english}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
+}
+%</english>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Italian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*italian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsitalian}
+% Bibliographic commands for Italian.
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Changed some Italian keywords according
+%   to the custom-bib file italian.mbs}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsitalian[1][italian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatore}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatori}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edizione}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{capitolo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagine}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di laurea}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di dottorato}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapp.\ Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gennaio}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febbraio}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marzo}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aprile}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maggio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giugno}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luglio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{settembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ottobre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dicembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giu##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ott##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dic##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Curatore}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Curatori}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edizione}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Capitolo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagine}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap.\ Tecnico}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, accesso a ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added placeholders for language names}%
+% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added some language names for Italian}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croato}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{olandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebreo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungherese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvegese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nuovo norvegese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polacco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scozzese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spagnolo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svedese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{italian}{bibsitalian}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for Italian by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasitalian}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{italian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</italian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Greek}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*greek>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Greek was provided by Prokopis
+% Prokopidis.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgreek}
+% Bibliographic commands for Greek.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgreek[1][greek]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k.'a##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai 'alloi}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epimelht'hc}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epimelht'ec}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t'om##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t'omoc}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{arijm'oc}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'ekd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'ekdosh}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kef##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kef'alaio}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel'ida}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel'idec}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Metaptuqiak'h ergas'ia}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Didaktorik'h diatrib'h}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqn.\ anaf##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqnik'h anafor'a}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ianou'arioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febrou'arioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'artioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr'ilioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'aioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'unioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'ulioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A'ugoustoc}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept'embrioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt'wbrioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No'embrioc}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dek'embrioc}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ian##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'ar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'ai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'un##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'ul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A'ug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No'e##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dek##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sto}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sto}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epimelht'hc}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epimelht'ec}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T'om##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T'omoc}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ar##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Arijm'oc}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'Ekd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'Ekdosh}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kef##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kef'alaio}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel'ida}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel'idec}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqn.\ Anaf##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqnik'h Anafor'a}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ep'iskeyh thn ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      \ifnumber{##1}{##1h}{##1}}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\ifnumber{##1}{%
+        \ifcase##1 ##1h\or pr'wth\or de'uterh\or tr'ith\or t'etarth%
+          \or p'empth\or 'ekth\or 'ebdomh\or 'ogdoh\or 'enath\else ##1h\fi
+      }{##1}}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{boulgarik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tseqik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ollandik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ellhnik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebra"ik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ouggrik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norbhgik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n'ea norbhgik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polwnik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rwsik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skwts'ezika}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ispanik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{souhdik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tourkik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{greek}{bibsgreek}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{greek}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</greek>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Norwegian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*norsk>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Norwegian was provided by Hans Fredrik
+% Nordhaug.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsnorsk}
+% Bibliographic commands for Norsk.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsnorsk[1][norsk]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utgave}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapittel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Masteroppgave}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD-avhandling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utgave}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapittel}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, sjekket: ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjekkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand\bibsnorwegian{\bibsnorsk}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{norsk}{bibsnorsk}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for Norsk by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasnorsk}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{norsk}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</norsk>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{French}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Added French language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*french>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsfrench}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
+% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsfrench}. 
+% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsfrench{}}
+\makeatother
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Bibliographic commands for French.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\bibsfrench[1][french]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteur}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteurs}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tome}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{num\'ero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'edition}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapitre}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\'emoire de ma\^itrise}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Th\`ese de doctorat}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rap.\ tech##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rapport technique}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janvier}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'evrier}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juillet}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{septembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octobre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ecembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'ev##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juil##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteur}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteurs}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tome}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Num\'ero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Edition}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapitre}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap. tech##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapport technique}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visit\'e le ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfrench{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfrench{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgare}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croate}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tch\`eque}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'eerlandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongrois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norv\'egien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nouveau
+        norv\'egien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polonais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russe}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ecossais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbe}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espagnol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{su\'edois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsfrancais{\bibsfrench[francais]}
+\newcommand\bibsfrenchb{\bibsfrench[frenchb]}
+\newcommand\bibscanadien{\bibsfrench[canadien]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{francais}{bibsfrancais}
+    \bbbbaddto{french}{bibsfrench}
+    \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{bibsfrenchb}
+    \bbbbaddto{canadien}{bibscanadien}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all French dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{francais}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{french}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{canadien}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralfrench}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralfrench[2]{%
+  \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+    \ifnumber{#2}{%
+      \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2\@empty\@empty\@empty
+      \btxnumeralfont{%
+        \ifx\btx@digitb\@empty
+          \ifcase\btx@digita \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi
+        \else
+          \ifnum\btx@digita=1
+            th%
+          \else
+            \ifcase\btx@digitb \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        }%
+    }{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\makeatother
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Warn if using \texttt{french} language}%
+% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Only warn if babel version is too old}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove warning for old babel package with
+%   \texttt{french} language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</french>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Romanian}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Serbian, Czech, and Romanian language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*romanian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsromanian}
+% Bibliographic commands for Romanian.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsromanian[1][romanian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\hskip-1.5ex}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\c{s}i}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{i}n}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{i}n}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{din seria}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{i}n}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{din seria}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{i}n}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editori}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumul}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{num\~{a}rul}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed{##1}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edi\c{t}ia}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxeditionshort{##2}~\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxeditionlong{##2}~\btxnumerallong{##1}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{capitolul}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{paginile}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Tez\~{a} de dizerta\c{t}ie}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tez\~{a} de doctorat}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap.\ tehn##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Raport tehnic}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ianuarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{februarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{martie}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aprilie}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iunie}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iulie}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{august}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{septembrie}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octombrie}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noiembrie}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{decembrie}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ian##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mart##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iun}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{I}}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^{I}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editori}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumul}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Num\~{a}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\hskip-1.5ex}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\hskip-1.5ex}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Capitolul}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Paginile}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap.\ tehn##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Raport tehnic}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, accesat la ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralromanian{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralromanian{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portughez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portughez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgar\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cataln\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croat\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceh\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{olandez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fracez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greac\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebraic\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungar\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvegian\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-norvegian\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polonez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portughez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portughez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rus\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sco\c{t}ian\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s\^{i}rb\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spaniol\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suedez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englez\~{a}}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{romanian}{bibsromanian}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Romanian dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{romanian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</romanian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Russian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*russian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsrussian}
+% Bibliographic commands for Russian.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsrussian[1][russian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }~\IeC
+      {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }~\IeC
+      {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyre }}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyrz }}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyrz }}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt
+      }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrc
+      }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}% 
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
+      }\IeC {\cyrl }.##1{}}}% 
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
+      }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }}}% 
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRD }\IeC
+      {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }
+      \IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs
+      }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRK }\IeC
+      {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC
+      {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
+      {\cyrya } \IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrs
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrc
+      }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }.\ \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
+      {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyrishrt } \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrya
+      }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
+      {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrf }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC
+      {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC
+      {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
+      {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
+      }}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC
+      {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
+      {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb
+      }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyro }\IeC
+      {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr
+      }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
+      }}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
+      {\cyrsftsn }}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrya
+      }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrv }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrf
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm
+      }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra
+      }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm
+      }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra
+      }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrg }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyro
+      }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn
+      }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrya }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrd
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrk }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRV }}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRV }}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt
+      }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRN }\IeC
+      {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrc
+      }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRG
+      }\IeC {\cyrl }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRG
+      }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
+      {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }.\ \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
+      {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT
+      }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+      {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
+      }\IeC {\cyrishrt } \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, \IeC {\cyrp
+      }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrshch }\IeC
+      {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyro } ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr
+        }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
+        }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
+        }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra
+        }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl
+        }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra
+        }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
+        }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
+        }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
+        }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrerev }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr
+        }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyro }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
+        }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefranceis{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
+        }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrishrt
+        }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyre
+        }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn
+        }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
+        {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt
+        }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
+        }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrl
+        }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn
+        }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
+        {\cyrzh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrn
+        }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
+        {\cyrzh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC {\cyrs
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
+        }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
+        }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
+        }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra
+        }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrs
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn
+        }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
+        }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameukrainian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
+        {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
+        }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
+        {\cyrishrt }}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsrussianb{\bibsrussian[russianb]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{russianb}{bibrussianb}
+    \bbbbaddto{russian}{bibsrussian}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Russian dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{russianb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{russian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</russian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Serbian}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Serbian, Czech, and Romanian language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*serbian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Serbian was provided by Zoran Filipovic.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsserbian}
+% Bibliographic commands for Serbian.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsserbian[1][serbian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~dr.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~drugi}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u:}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u:}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iz}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iz}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ur.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{urednik}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ur.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{urednici}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tm.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tom}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{br.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{broj}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edicija}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pog.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{poglavlje}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{strana}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str.##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{strane}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Magistarska teza}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Doktorska disertacija}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tehn.\ izv##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Tehni\v cki izve\v staj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mart}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Avgust}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septembar}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Octobar}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembar}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembar}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Avg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{U:}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{U:}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ur.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Urednik}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ur.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Urednici}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tm.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tom}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Br.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Broj}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edicija}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pog.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Poglavlje}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Strana}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str.##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Strane}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tehn.\ Izv##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tehni\v cki Izve\ staj}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, poseta na: ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nema\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bugarski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalonski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hrvatski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v ce\v ski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holandski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nema\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nema\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jevrejski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ma\dj arski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italianski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nema\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nema\v cki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norve\v ski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+        novi-norve\v ski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{poljski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v skotski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srpski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v spanski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v svedski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{serbian}{bibsserbian}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{serbian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</serbian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Spanish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Spanish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*spanish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Spanish was provided by V{\'\i}ctor
+% Lua{\~n}a and slightly changed by me according to |spanish.mbs|
+% (custom-bib package).
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsspanish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Spanish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsspanish[1][spanish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~cols##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~colaboradores}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumen}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}n}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tulo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Licenciatura}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Doctorado}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Enero}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febrero}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marzo}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mayo}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septiembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Octubre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Noviembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Diciembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ene##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dic##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumen}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'on}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itulo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitado el ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{\underline a}}{##1}}}%
+%  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\ifnumber{##1}{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+%        ##1\ifcase##1 \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi}}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Fix definition of \cs{btxnumerallong} in
+%   Spanish}
+% Bug and solution for \cs{btxnumerallong} reported by Iago Quiñones
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lat\'\i n}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruso}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsmexican[1][mexican]{%
+  \bibsspanish[mexican]%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Maestr{\'\i}a}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{spanish}{bibsspanish}
+    \bbbbaddto{mexican}{bibsmexican}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{spanish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{mexican}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</spanish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Czech}
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Added Serbian, Czech, and Romanian language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*czech>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Czech was provided by
+% Tomas Hnizdil, \url{tomash.cz@gmail.com}.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsczech}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsczech[1][czech]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{a~kol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{a~kolektiv}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{a}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{a}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{z}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{z}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edit##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edit##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edito\v{r}i}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sv##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svazek}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}\'islo}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edice}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitola}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{strana}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{strany}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{diplomov\'a pr\'ace}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{disertace}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ zpr##1}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technick\'a zpr\'ava}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{leden}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'unor}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\v{r}eze}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duben}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kv\v{e}ten}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}erven}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}ervenec}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srpen}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{z\'a\v{r}\'i}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{r}\'ijen}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{listopad}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prosinec}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{led##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'uno##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\v{r}e##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dub##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kv\v{e}##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}er##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{z\'a\v{r}##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{r}\'ij##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lis##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pro##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{V}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{V}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edit##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edit##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edito\v{r}i}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sv##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Svazek}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{C}##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{C}\'islo}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edice}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitola}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Strana}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Strany}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ zpr##1}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technick\'a zpr\'ava}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, dostupn\'e z ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\v{e}mecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulharsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francouzsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katal\'ansky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chorvatsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}esky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holandsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francouzsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francouzsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francouzsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\v{e}mecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\v{e}mecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{r}ecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrejsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ma~arsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\v{e}mecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\v{e}mecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rusky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srbsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+        \v{s}pan\v{e}lsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{s}v\'edsky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turecky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglicky}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{czech}{bibsczech}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{czech}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</czech>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Danish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Danish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*danish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsdanish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Danish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsdanish[1][danish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udgave}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Speciale}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ph.d.-afhandling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marts}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udgave}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, bes\o gt den ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjekkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{danish}{bibsdanish}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{danish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</danish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Finnish}
+% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Finnish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*finnish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsfinnish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Finnish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsfinnish[1][finnish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittaja}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittajat}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nro##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{painos}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{l##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luku}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivu}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivut}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pro Gradu -ty\"o}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v\"ait\"oskirja}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekninen raportti}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tammikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{helmikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maaliskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huhtikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toukokuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes\"akuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hein\"akuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elokuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syyskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lokakuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marraskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{joulukuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tam##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hel##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maa##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huh##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hei##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elo##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syy##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lok##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jou##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittaja}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittajat}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nro##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Painos}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{L##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Luku}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivu}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivut}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekninen raportti}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, vierailtu ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaria}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaani}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaati}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsekki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hollanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suomi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kreikka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{heprea}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{unkari}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iiri}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latina}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uusnorja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{puola}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ven\"j\"a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruotsi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{finnish}{bibsfinnish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
+% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{finnish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</finnish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Esperanto}
+% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Esperanto language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*esperanto>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsesperanto}
+% Bibliographic commands for Esperanto.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsesperanto[1][esperanto]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj~aliaj}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoro}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red-oj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoroj}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumo}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nombro}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakcio}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^c##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^capitro}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^go}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^goj}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{magistra disertacio}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{doktora disertacio}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika raporto}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januaro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februaro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marco}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aprilo}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Majo}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A\u{u}gusto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktobro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoro}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoroj}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumo}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nombro}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakcio}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^C##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^Capitro}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^go}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^goj}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ Rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika Raporto}}%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ?? ##1}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Esperanto undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{} [##1]}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgara}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^ce\^ha}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finna}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrea}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungara}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvega}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov-norvega}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pola}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rusa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skota}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serba}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hispana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sveda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{bibsesperanto}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
+% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</esperanto>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Portuguese}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Portuguese language}%
+% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/04/24}{Bug in Portuguese removed}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*portuguese>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsportuguese}
+% Bibliographic commands for Portuguese.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsportuguese[1][portuguese]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{em}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{em}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{em}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{em}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edi\c c\~ao}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap\'\i tulo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Mestrado}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Doutoramento}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janeiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fevereiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c co}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{junho}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{julho}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{outubro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dezembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fev##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{out##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dez##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Em}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Em}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edi\c c\~ao}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'{\i}tulo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, acedido em ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{\underline a}}{##1}}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dinamarqu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefranceis{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latim}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruegu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noruegu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s\'ervio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanhol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsportuges[1][portuges]{\bibsportuguese[#1]}
+\newcommand\bibsbrazil[1][brazil]{\bibsbrazilian[#1]}
+\newcommand\bibsbrazilian[1][brazilian]{%
+  \bibsportuguese[#1]%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janeiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fevereiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c co}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{junho}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{julho}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{outubro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dezembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fev##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{out##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dez##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, acesso em ##1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{brazil}{bibsbrazil}
+    \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{bibsbrazilian}
+    \bbbbaddto{portuges}{bibsportuges}
+    \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{bibsportuguese}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Portuguese dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{brazil}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{portuges}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</portuguese>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Dutch}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Dutch language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*dutch>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsdutch}
+% Bibliographic commands for Dutch.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsdutch[1][dutch]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en anderen}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{druk}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgave}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfdst##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofdstuk}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina's}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scriptie}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{proefschrift}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Druk}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgave}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfdst##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofdstuk}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina's}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, bezocht op ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{dutch}{bibsdutch}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Dutch dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{dutch}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</dutch>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Swedish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Swedish language}%
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected swedish (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
+% \changes{1.31}{2012/01/03}{Corrected Swedish (by Erik {\"O}sthols)}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*swedish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Swedish was provided by Hans Fredrik
+% Nordhaug and Erik {\"O}sthols.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsswedish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Swedish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsswedish[1][swedish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"or}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"orer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volym}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg\aa va}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sida}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sidor}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{examensarbete}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{doktorsavhandling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{januari}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{februari}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{april}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{augusti}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{september}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{november}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{december}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\"or}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\"orer}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volym}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utg}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utg\aa va}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sida}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sida}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, nedladdad ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort#1{\btxnumeralswedish{swedish}{#1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{%
+    \ifnumber{##1}{%
+      \ifcase##1 0:e\or f\"orsta\or andra\or tredje\or fj\"arde\or femte\or
+        sj\"atte\or sjunde\or {\aa}ttonde\or nionde\or tionde\else
+        \btxnumeralswedish{swedish}{##1}%
+      \fi}{##1}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1~##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgariska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjeckiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederl\"andska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grekiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungerska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iriska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ryska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svenska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{swedish}{bibsswedish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Swedish dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{swedish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</swedish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Afrikaans}
+% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*afrikaans>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Afrikaans was provided by Danie Els.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
+% Bibliographic commands for Afrikaans.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsafrikaans[1][afrikaans]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{}}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteur}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{reds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteurs}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nommer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgawe}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfst##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofstuk}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsy}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsye}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Meesters tesis}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD verhandeling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ versl##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese verslag}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junie}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julie}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteur}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Reds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteurs}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nommer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgawe}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfst##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofstuk}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsy}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsye}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ Verslag}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese Verslag}}%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ?? ##1}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Afrikaans undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{} [##1]}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameafrikaans{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{afrikaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaars}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaties}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjeggies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deens}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlands}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fins}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grieks}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreeus}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenhungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongaars}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yslands}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iers}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenlatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latyn}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamennorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noors}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamennynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noors}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenpolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pools}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenrussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenscottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skots}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serwies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenspanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sweeds}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turks}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{bibsafrikaans}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</afrikaans>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Bahasa}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bahasa>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Bahasa was provided by Yanti Yulianti.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsbahasa}
+% Bibliographic commands for Bahasa.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsbahasa[1][bahasa]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en~alii }}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dari}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dari}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktur}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktur}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nomor}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edisi}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edisi}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bab##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bab}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hal##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{halaman}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hal##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{halaman}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesis Master}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{disertasi Dokotor}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Lap.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Laporan}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maret}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dalam}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dalam}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktur}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktur}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nomor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edisi}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bab##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bab}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hal##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Halaman}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hal##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Halaman}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Lap.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Laporan}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      , diambil tanggal ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaria}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalanya}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroasia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceko}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{denmark}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{belanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanyol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yunani}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yahudi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungaria}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegia}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegia baru}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotlandia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanyol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{bahasa}{bibsbahasa}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{bahasa}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</bahasa>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Catalan}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added Catalan language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*catalan>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Catalan was provided by
+% Robert Fuster, rfuster@imm.upv.es.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibscatalan[1][catalan]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~altres}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}% 
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}% 
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volum}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tol}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ps##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agines}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesina de Llicenciatura}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesi de Doctorat}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gener}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febrer}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juliol}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agost}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octubre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{desembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volum}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'um}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'o}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itol}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agines}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitada el ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgar}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\`a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croat}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{txec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neerland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongar\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itali\`a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{llat\'\i}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polon\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rus}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{catalan}{bibscatalan}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{catalan}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</catalan>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Croatian}
+% \changes{1.30}{2010/01/06}{Added Croatian language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*croatian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Croatian was provided by
+% Vedran Mileti\'c (vmiletic@inf.uniri.hr),
+% Ivan Kokan (ivan.kokan@gmail.com), and
+% Ivica Naki\'c (nakic@math.hr).
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibscroatian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibscroatian[1][croatian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~ost##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~ostali}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iz}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iz}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{u}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{urednik}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{urednici}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sv##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svezak}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{br##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{broj}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{izd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{izdanje}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pogl##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{poglavlje}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{stranica}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{str##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{stranice}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Magistarski rad}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Disertacija}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tehn.\ izvj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Tehni\v{c}ki izvje\v{s}taj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sije\v{c}anj}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{velja\v{c}a}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{o\v{z}ujak}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{travanj}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svibanj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lipanj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srpanj}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kolovoz}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rujan}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{listopad}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{studeni}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prosinac}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sij##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{velj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{o\v{z}u##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tra##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svi##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lip##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lis##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{stu##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pro##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{U}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{U}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ur##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Urednik}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ur##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Urednici}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sv##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Svezak}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Br##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Broj}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Izd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Izdanje}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumshort##1##2{\btxnumeralshort{##1}~\Btxeditionshort{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionnumlong##1##2{\btxnumerallong{##1}~\Btxeditionlong{##2}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pogl##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Poglavlje}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Stranica}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Str##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Stranice}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tehn.\ izvj##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Tehni\v{c}ki izvje\v{s}taj}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, posje\'{c}eno ##1}}%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\ }%
+  \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
+  \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
+  \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{njema\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bugarski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalonski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hrvatski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{c}e\v{s}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nizozemski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francuski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{njema\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{njema\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrejski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ma\dj{}arski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{talijanski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{njema\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{njema\v{c}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norve\v{s}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novonorve\v{s}ki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{poljski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugalski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{s}kotski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{srpski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{s}panjolski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\v{s}vedski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engleski}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{croatian}{bibscroatian}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{croatian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</croatian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{\BibTeX\ style files}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Moved the \texttt{bst} files into the
+%   global \texttt{dtx} file}%
+%
+% \subsection{``Normal'' \BibTeX\ style files}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic code}
+%
+% Because most parts of the \BibTeX\ style files are equal for all
+% styles, they are generated from the same source code.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare the data fields that are handled by the \BibTeX\ styles.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annote
+    annotelanguage
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    isbn
+    issn
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    urldate
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>  { label }
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  { label extra.label sort.label }
+%<*bststd>
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare integer variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS
+  { output.state
+    before.all
+    mid.sentence
+    after.sentence
+    after.block
+    before.title
+  }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare string variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS
+  { s
+    t
+    language.state
+    change.temp
+    isbn.command
+  }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare the constants that define at which position within a
+% citation we are when processing it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+  #4 'before.title :=
+  "nostate" 'language.state :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |not|.
+%
+% Syntax: \meta{int1} |not| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{int2}.
+%
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} != |0|, |0| otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |and|.
+% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |and|.
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| and \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
+% otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |or|.
+% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |or|.
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| or \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
+% otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Function |language.change.case|.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |language.change.case|
+% $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string3}
+% This function has the same syntax as |change.case$| but writes
+% \meta{string1} twice into \meta{string3}, first with changed case,
+% second with original case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {language.change.case}
+{ 
+  'change.temp :=
+  't :=
+  "\btxifchangecase {"
+  t change.temp change.case$ *
+  "}{" *
+  t *
+  "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generates output for the string \meta{string1}.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            {
+              output.state before.title =
+                { "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$ }
+                { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generates output if the given string \meta{string1} is not empty.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Outputs a bibliography item.
+% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Change the language in alpha-numerical
+%   bib items}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
+%   \texttt{language} field is missing}%
+% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
+% active at \cs{begin\{document\}} or to the given fall-back
+% language.
+% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  language empty$
+    {
+      language.state "nolanguage" =
+        'skip$
+        {
+          "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
+          "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
+          "\btxfallbacklanguage}" *
+          write$ newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
+    }
+    {
+      language.state language =
+        'skip$
+        {
+          "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" *
+          write$ newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      language 'language.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>  "\bibitem {" write$
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  "\bibitem [{" label * "}]{" * write$
+%<*bststd>
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Output an ISBN or ISSN.
+%
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |output.isbn|
+%
+% Prints the ISBN or ISSN given by \meta{string1} and uses the \TeX\
+% macro given by \meta{string2} to determine if the text is printed or
+% not.
+% \meta{string2} normally is \cs{ifbtxprintISSN} or
+% \cs{ifbtxprintISSN}. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.isbn}
+{
+  'isbn.command :=
+  duplicate$
+  empty$
+    'pop$
+    {
+      's :=
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+        {
+          isbn.command * " {, " * write$
+          s "}" *
+        }
+        { output.state after.block =
+            {
+              add.period$
+              write$
+              newline$
+              "\newblock " write$
+              isbn.command " {" * s * ".}" *
+            }
+            { output.state before.all =
+                {
+                  write$
+                  isbn.command " {" * write$
+                  s "}" *
+                }
+                {
+                  output.state before.title =
+                    {
+                      "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$
+                      isbn.command " {" * write$
+                      s "}" *
+                    }
+                    {
+                      add.period$ " " * write$
+                      isbn.command " {" * write$
+                      s ".}" *
+                    }
+                  if$
+                }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+          mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Completes an entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {after.authors}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { before.title 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkc}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'after.authors
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
+%   \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {namefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
+%   \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set font for titles:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {titlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set font for titles of articles in journals:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {jtitlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set font for the journal name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {journalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Set font for the publisher name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {publisherfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxpublisherfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {volumefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {etalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+      {
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
+        s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong } }{vv~}" format.name$
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+        s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ *
+        't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
+        s nameptr 
+        "{f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.~}{vv~}" format.name$
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+        s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ *
+        't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+        s nameptr "{,~jj}{, ff{\btxfnamespacelong }}{~vv}" format.name$ *
+        't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+        s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.}{~vv}" format.name$ *
+        't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstthree>
+          namesleft #2 >
+            { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * *
+              #1 'namesleft := }
+            {
+%</bststd&bstthree>
+%<*bststd>
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t namefont * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>                { " \btxandlong {}\ " * t namefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>                { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * t namefont * }
+%<*bststd&bstthree>
+              if$
+            }
+%</bststd&bstthree>
+%<*bststd>
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        {
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}{, ff{\btxfnamespacelong }}{~vv}"
+          format.name$ * namefont
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.}{~vv}"
+          format.name$ * namefont
+%</bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
+          s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong } }{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+%</bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&namevara>
+          s nameptr "{f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.~}{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+%</bststd&bstshort&namevara>
+%<*bststd>
+        }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\ (\btxeditorslong {})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorlong {})" * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Format the title:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Format the title of a journal article:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.jtitle}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case jtitlefont }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
+          month * "}{" * year * "}{long}" *
+        }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
+          month * "}{" * year * "}{short}" *
+        }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title titlefont
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {volume.tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ volumefont * *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state after.block =
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\Btxvolumelong {}" }
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\btxvolumelong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+      volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { " \btxofserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\btxnumberlong {}" }
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\Btxnumberlong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\btxnumbershort {.}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\Btxnumbershort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { " \btxinserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { " \btxinseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { 
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Handle the edition first to get the beginning of the sentence.
+% Afterwards, the text before the edition is put to the stack and
+% exchanged with the edition number itself.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      "\btxeditionnumlong {" swap$ *
+      "}{}" * 
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      "\btxeditionnumshort {" swap$ *
+      "}{.}" *
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\mbox{\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\mbox{\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      urldate empty$
+      { "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}" * }
+      {
+        "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}\empty " *
+        "\btxurldatecomment {\btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont{" *
+          urldate * "}}}" *
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Format annotations:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {write.annote}
+{ annote empty$
+  'skip$
+  { 
+    annotelanguage empty$
+    { "\btxkeywordlanguage {" }
+    { "{\selectlanguage {" annotelanguage * "}" * }
+    if$
+    "\btxannotation {" * annote * "}}" * 
+    write$ newline$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\btxpageslong {}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "\btxpagelong {}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\btxpagesshort {.}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "\btxpageshort {.}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\btxchapterlong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\btxchaptershort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+        { type "l" language.change.case }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" language.change.case
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{
+  number empty$
+  {
+    type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
+%   \cs{btxtechreplong}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      { "\btxtechreplong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>      { "\btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      { type "t" language.change.case }
+    if$
+  }
+  {
+    type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
+%   \cs{Btxtechreplong}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      { "\Btxtechreplong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>      { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      { type "t" language.change.case }
+    if$
+    number tie.or.space.connect
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " journal titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " journal titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+  editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{, ff}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+  editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{,~f.}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+            { " \btxandlong {}\ " * editor #2 "{ff}{~vv}{~ll}{, jj}"
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+            { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}"
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+              format.name$ namefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      "\Btxinlong {}\ "
+%<bststd&bstshort>      "\Btxinshort {.}\ "
+%<*bststd>
+    }
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+    { "\Btxvolumelong {}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofserieslong {}\ " *
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+    { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " *
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { series titlefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+        }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>    { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>    { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<*bststd>
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.jtitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal 
+      title missing$
+        { titlefont }
+        { journalfont }
+      if$
+      "journal" output.check 
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher publisherfont output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+          new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher publisherfont output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkc
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher publisherfont output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher publisherfont output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Months and journals:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+MACRO {jan} {"1"}
+MACRO {feb} {"2"}
+MACRO {mar} {"3"}
+MACRO {apr} {"4"}
+MACRO {may} {"5"}
+MACRO {jun} {"6"}
+MACRO {jul} {"7"}
+MACRO {aug} {"8"}
+MACRO {sep} {"9"}
+MACRO {oct} {"10"}
+MACRO {nov} {"11"}
+MACRO {dec} {"12"}
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+MACRO {jan} {"1"}
+MACRO {feb} {"2"}
+MACRO {mar} {"3"}
+MACRO {apr} {"4"}
+MACRO {may} {"5"}
+MACRO {jun} {"6"}
+MACRO {jul} {"7"}
+MACRO {aug} {"8"}
+MACRO {sep} {"9"}
+MACRO {oct} {"10"}
+MACRO {nov} {"11"}
+MACRO {dec} {"12"}
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput.\ Surv.{}"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf.{}"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J.~Res.\ Dev.{}"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans.\ Softw.\ Eng.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf.\ Process.\ Lett.{}"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput.\ Syst.\ Sci.{}"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci.\ Comput.\ Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J.~Comput.{}"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans.\ Comput.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans.\ Database Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans.\ Gr.{}"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans.\ Math.\ Softw.{}"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans.\ Office Inf.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans.\ Prog.\ Lang.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput.\ Sci.{}"}
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Action.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+
+READ
+
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Sorted bibliographies}
+%
+% This code is only used for sorted bibliographies.
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Fix sorting of \BibTeX\ entries without
+%   an author}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+  { #3 'namesleft := }
+  { numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+  { namesleft #0 > }
+  { nameptr numnames =
+      { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+    { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+      #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+    }
+    { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+        if$
+      }
+      { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+    if$
+    nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+    namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+  }
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+  { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+    #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+  }
+  'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+  { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+  'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+  { key empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { organization empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { organization empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+  'editor.key.organization.label
+  { type$ "manual" =
+      'author.key.organization.label
+      'author.key.label
+    if$
+  }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected \texttt{babunsrt.bst}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+      s nameptr "{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{vv{ } }{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+      s nameptr "{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{vv{ } }{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+  calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  *
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+SORT
+
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&!bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+%</bststd&!bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic code}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+%<bststd&bstalpha>ITERATE {forward.pass}
+%<bststd&bstalpha>REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+%<*bststd>
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+  et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd>
+  preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{jtitle}{\btxtitlefont}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{numeral}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {\btxfallbacklanguage}"
+  write$ newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{AMS styles}
+%
+% The following \BibTeX\ styles are derived from the AMS \BibTeX-style-files
+% by the American Mathematical Society.
+% For example, see `amsplain.bst' for more documentation about the
+% original.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bstams>
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annote
+    annotelanguage
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    isbn
+    issn
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    mrnumber
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    urldate
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label bysame }
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t language.state change.temp}
+
+FUNCTION {shows}
+{ duplicate$ "::::  `" swap$ * "'" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {showstack}
+{"STACK================================================================"
+top$
+stack$
+"ENDSTACK============================================================="
+top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {language.change.case}
+{ 
+  'change.temp :=
+  't :=
+  "\btxifchangecase {"
+  t change.temp change.case$ *
+  "}{" *
+  t *
+  "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
+%   \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {namefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
+%   \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {titlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {jtitlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {journalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {publisherfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxpublisherfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volumefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {etalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \texttt{n.dashify} is used to make sure page ranges get the \TeX\ code
+% (two hyphens) for en-dashes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |tie.or.space.connect| connects two items with a |~| if the
+% second item is less than 3 letters long, otherwise it just puts an
+% ordinary space.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.space.if.necessary}
+{ duplicate$ "" =
+    'skip$
+    { "\ " * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |either.or.check| gives a warning if two mutually exclusive fields
+% were used in the database.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |output.nonnull| is called by output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% remove the top item from the stack because it's in the way.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we're in mid-sentence, add a comma to the new top item and write it
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { ", " * write$ }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, if we're at the beginning of a bibitem,
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { output.state before.all =
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% just write out the top item from the stack;
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      'write$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% and the last alternative is that we're at the end of the current
+% bibitem, so we add a period to the top stack item and write it out.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Put the top item back on the stack that we removed earlier.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  s
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Output checks to see if the stack top is empty; if not, it
+% calls output.nonnull to write it out.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Standard warning message for a missing or empty field. For the user
+% we call any such field `missing' without respect to the distinction
+% made by Bib\TeX\ between missing and empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {missing.warning}
+{ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |output.check| is like output except that it gives a warning on-screen
+% if the given field in the database entry is empty.  t is the field
+% name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ t missing.warning }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
+%   \texttt{language} field is missing}%
+% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
+% active at \cs{begin\{document\}}.
+% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  language empty$
+    { "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
+      language.state "nolanguage" =
+        'skip$
+        {
+          "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
+          "\btxfallbacklanguage}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
+    }
+    { language.state language =
+        'skip$
+        { "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      language 'language.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  "\bibitem {" cite$ * "}" * write$
+  newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This empty string is the first thing that will be written
+% the next time \verb|write$| is called.  Done this way because each
+% item is saved on the stack until we find out what punctuation
+% should be added after it.  Therefore we need an empty first item.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonempty.mrnumber}
+{ duplicate$ missing$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { " \MR{" swap$ * "}" * write$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  mrnumber output.nonempty.mrnumber
+  newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Removed |new.block|, |new.block.checka|, |new.block.checkb|,
+% |new.sentence|, |new.sentence.checka|, and |new.sentence.checkb|
+% functions here, since they don't seem to be needed in the AMS style.
+% Also moved some real basic functions like `and' and 'or' earlier in
+% the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The extra section to write out a language field was added
+% for babamspl.bst.  Not present in babplain.bst.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.language}
+{ language empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxprintamslanguage{\btxlanguagename {" language * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This version of format.names puts names in the format
+% ``First von Last, Jr.''
+% (i.\,e., first name first, no abbreviating to initials).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+      s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong }~}{vv~}" format.name$
+      s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
+      s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t namefont * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { " " * "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * }
+                { " \btxandlong {} " * t namefont * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        {
+          s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong }~}{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
+          s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { bysame "\bysame" =
+         {"\bysame"}
+         { author format.names }
+     if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.nonauthor.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", \btxeditorsshort {.}" * }
+        { ", \btxeditorshort {.}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.jtitle}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case jtitlefont }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.vol.year}
+{ journal empty$
+    { "journal name" missing.warning ""}
+    { journal journalfont }
+  if$
+  volume empty$
+    'skip$
+    { " " * volume volumefont * }
+  if$
+  year empty$
+    { "year" missing.warning }
+    { " (" * year * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For formatting the issue number for a journal article.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxnumbershort {.}~" number * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For formatting miscellaneous dates
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
+          month * "}{" * year * "}{long}" *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%      The volume, series and number information is sort of tricky.
+%      This code handles it as follows:
+%      If the series is present, and the volume, but not the number,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, vol. 000"
+%      If the series is present, and the number, but not the volume,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, no. 000"
+%      If the series is present, and both number and volume,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX, Series Name, no. 000"
+%      Finally, if the series is absent,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX"
+%        or         "\emph{Book title}, no. 000"
+%        and if both volume and number are present, give a warning message.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.bookvolume.series.number}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" % Push the empty string as a placeholder in case everything else
+         % is empty too.
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { pop$ series } % if series is not empty put in stack
+      if$
+      number empty$
+        'skip$
+        { duplicate$ empty$ % if no preceding material,
+            'skip$          % do nothing, otherwise
+            { ", " * }      % add a comma and space to separate.
+          if$
+          "\btxnumbershort {.}" number tie.or.space.connect * % add the number information
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the volume is NOT EMPTY:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect % vol. XX
+      number empty$
+        { series empty$
+            'skip$
+            { series ", " * swap$ *}    % Series Name, vol. XX
+          if$
+        }
+        { series empty$
+            { "can't use both volume and number if series info is missing"
+              warning$
+              "in BibTeX entry type `" type$ * "'" * top$
+            }
+            { ", " * series * ", \btxnumbershort {.}" * number tie.or.space.connect }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+}  % end of format.bookvolume.series.number
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |format.inproc.title.where.editors| is used by inproceedings entry types
+%      No case changing or emphasizing for the title.  We want initial
+%      caps, roman.
+%      We add parentheses around the address (place where conference
+%      was held).
+%      Likewise we add parentheses around the editors' names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.inproc.title.address.editors}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { booktitle
+      address empty$
+        'skip$
+        { add.space.if.necessary "(" * address * ")" * }
+      if$
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |format.incoll.title.editors| is similar to |format.inproc...| but
+% omits the address. For collections that are not proceedings volumes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.title.editors}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { booktitle }
+        { booktitle
+          add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      "\btxeditionnumshort {" swap$ *
+      "}{.}" * 
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\mbox{\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\mbox{\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      urldate empty$
+      { "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}" * }
+      {
+        "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}\empty " *
+        "\btxurldatecomment {\btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont{" *
+          urldate * "}}}" *
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Format annotations:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {write.annote}
+{ annote empty$
+  'skip$
+  { 
+    annotelanguage empty$
+    { "\btxkeywordlanguage {" }
+    { "{\selectlanguage {" annotelanguage * "}" * }
+    if$
+    "\btxannotation {" * annote * "}}" * 
+    write$ newline$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages n.dashify }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "\btxpagesshort {.}~" pages n.dashify * }
+        { "\btxpageshort {.}~" pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.book.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "\btxchaptershort {.}~" }
+        { type "l" language.change.case " " * }
+      if$
+      chapter *
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.book.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" language.change.case
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" language.change.case }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The |format.crossref| functions haven't been paid much attention
+% at the present time (June 1990) and could probably use some
+% work.  MJD
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\btxinshort {} " journal journalfont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\btxinshort {} " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
+            { " \btxandlong {} " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "\btxinserieslong {} "
+    }
+    { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofserieslong {} " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { series * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "\btxinlong {} " * booktitle titlefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "\btxinlong {} " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\btxinlong {} " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The main functions for each entry type.
+%
+% journal, vol and year are formatted together because they are
+% not separated by commas.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.jtitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.journal.vol.year output
+      format.number output
+      format.pages "pages" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages "pages" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+  format.issn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.incoll.title.editors "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.inproc.title.address.editors "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      organization output
+      publisher publisherfont output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address output }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  format.title output
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.issn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.bookvolume.series.number output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher publisherfont output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher publisherfont output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.url output
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+  write.annote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"1"}
+MACRO {feb} {"2"}
+MACRO {mar} {"3"}
+MACRO {apr} {"4"}
+MACRO {may} {"5"}
+MACRO {jun} {"6"}
+MACRO {jul} {"7"}
+MACRO {aug} {"8"}
+MACRO {sep} {"9"}
+MACRO {oct} {"10"}
+MACRO {nov} {"11"}
+MACRO {dec} {"12"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" language.change.case
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label prev.author this.author }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  "abcxyz" 'prev.author :=
+  "" 'this.author :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+      { "" }
+      'editor
+      if$
+    }
+    'author
+  if$
+  'this.author :=
+  this.author prev.author =
+    { "\bysame" 'bysame := }
+    { "" 'bysame :=
+      this.author "" =
+        { "abcxyz" }
+        'this.author
+      if$
+      'prev.author :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {write.lines}
+{ { duplicate$ "." = NOT }
+    { write$ newline$ }
+  while$
+  pop$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\bysame}{\leavevmode\hbox to3em{\hrulefill}\thinspace}"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\MR}{\relax\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi MR }"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  % \MRhref is called by the amsart/book/proc definition of \MR."
+    write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\MRhref}[2]{%" write$ newline$
+  "    \href{http://www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=#1}{#2}"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  }" write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\href}[2]{#2}" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{jtitle}{\btxtitlefont}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{\textbf}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{numeral}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{\ (#1)}" write$ newline$
+  "  \expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {\btxfallbacklanguage}"
+  write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</bstams>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a757a37e7d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+\def\batchfile{babelbib.ins}
+\input docstrip.tex
+\preamble
+
+  babelbib package
+
+  Copyright  2003--2012 Harald Harders
+
+  This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+  of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+  archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+  version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+
+  harald.harders@gmx.de
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+% Files
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\generate{%
+  \file{babelbib.sty}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,package}}%
+  \file{afrikaans.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,afrikaans}}%
+  \file{bahasa.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,bahasa}}%
+  \file{catalan.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,catalan}}%
+  \file{croatian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,croatian}}%
+  \file{czech.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,czech}}%
+  \file{danish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,danish}}%
+  \file{dutch.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,dutch}}%
+  \file{english.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,english}}%
+  \file{esperanto.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,esperanto}}%
+  \file{finnish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,finnish}}%
+  \file{french.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,french}}%
+  \file{galician.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,galician}}%
+  \file{german.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,german}}%
+  \file{greek.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,greek}}%
+  \file{italian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,italian}}%
+  \file{norsk.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,norsk}}%
+  \file{portuguese.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,portuguese}}%
+  \file{romanian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,romanian}}%
+  \file{russian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,russian}}%
+  \file{serbian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,serbian}}%
+  \file{spanish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,spanish}}%
+  \file{swedish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,swedish}}%
+  \usepostamble\empty
+  \file{babplain.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd}}%
+  \file{babplain-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,namevara}}%
+  \file{babplain-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,namevarb}}%
+  \file{babplai3.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree}}%
+  \file{babplai3-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree,namevara}}%
+  \file{babplai3-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree,namevarb}}%
+  \file{bababbrv.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort}}%
+  \file{bababbrv-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,namevara}}%
+  \file{bababbrv-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,namevarb}}%
+  \file{bababbr3.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree}}%
+  \file{bababbr3-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree,namevara}}%
+  \file{bababbr3-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree,namevarb}}%
+  \file{babunsrt.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted}}%
+  \file{babunsrt-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted,namevara}}%
+  \file{babunsrt-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted,namevarb}}%
+  \file{babalpha.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha}}%
+  \file{babalpha-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha,namevara}}%
+  \file{babalpha-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha,namevarb}}%
+  \file{babamspl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bstams}}%
+}
+
+\Msg{* Ready}
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..545ae1b692c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbib.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4653c2a7312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,3921 @@
+@Misc{harders2005a,
+  author =	 {Harders, Harald},
+  title =	 {Homepage von Harald Harders},
+  month =	 jul,
+  year =	 2004,
+  url = {http://www.harald-harders.de},
+  urldate = {2005-02-17},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  annote =       {I do not know what I should exactly write here. Thus I 
+                  leave everything empty. This is written in \languagename.},
+}
+
+@Misc{harders2005b,
+  author =	 {Harders, Harald},
+  title =	 {Homepage of Harald Harders},
+  month =	 jul,
+  year =	 2004,
+  url = {http://www.harald-harders.de/index_en.html},
+  urldate = {2005-02-17},
+  language =	 {english},
+  annote =       {Das ist eine Anmerkung, die in deutsch gesetzt werden muss.
+                  Sie wird auch in \languagename\ geschrieben.},
+  annotelanguage = {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{abinger1988a,
+  author = 	 {Abinger, R. and Hammer, F. and Leopold, J. and others},
+  title = 	 {Gro"sschaden an einem 300"=MW"=Dampfturbosatz},
+  journal = 	 {Der Maschinenschaden},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  volume =	 61,
+  number =	 2,
+  pages =	 {58--60},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+}
+
+
+@Article{aboav1997a,
+  author = 	 {Aboav, D. A.},
+  title = 	 {Foam and Polycrystal},
+  journal = 	 {Materials characterization},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  volume =	 39,
+  pages =	 {169--181},
+  issn =	 {1044-5803}
+}
+%  language =	 {english},
+
+
+@Misc{akprueftechnik2000a,
+  key =		 {Protokoll},
+  title =	 {Protokoll des Arbeitskreistreffens "`Mechanische
+                  Pr"uftechnik"' und "`Quantitative Gef"ugebeschreibung"' am
+                  29.\ und 30.\,03.~2000 an der TU Bergakademie Freiberg,
+                  Institut f\"ur Metallkunde},
+  month =	 {04.\,04.},
+  year =	 2000,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{altenpohl1994a,
+  author =	 {Altenpohl, D.},
+  title = 	 {aluminium von innen},
+  publisher = 	 {Aluminium"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  address =	 {D"usseldorf},
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-87017-235-5}
+}
+
+@Book{aluminium1983a,
+  editor =	 {Aluminium-Zentrale},
+  title = 	 {Aluminium-Taschenbuch},
+  publisher = 	 {Aluminium-Verlag},
+  year = 	 1983,
+  address =	 {D"usseldorf},
+  edition =	 14,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-87017-169-3}
+}
+
+@Article{andrews1999a,
+  author = 	 {Andrews, E. and Sanders, W. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Compressive and Tensile Behaviour of Aluminium Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 {A~270},
+  pages =	 {113--124},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{andrews2001a,
+  author = 	 {Andrews, E. W. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {The Influence of Cracks, Notches and Holes on the Tensile
+                  Strength of Cellular Solids},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {2975--2979},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{andrews2001b,
+  author = 	 {Andrews, E. W. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {The Influence of Crack-Like Defects on the Tensile Strength
+                  of an Open-Cell Aluminum Foam},
+  journal = 	 {Scripta materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 44,
+  pages =	 {1005--1010},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{andrews2001c,
+  author = 	 {Andrews, E. W. and Gioux, G. and Onck, P. R. and
+                  Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Size effects in ductile cellular solids. Part~I: 
+                  experimental results},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 43,
+  pages =	 {701--713},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{andrieux2000a,
+  author = 	 {Andrieux, F. and Sun, D.-Z.},
+  title = 	 {Entwicklung und Anwendung von Werkstoffmodellen zur
+                  Beschreibung des Verformungs- und Versagensverhaltens von
+                  Aluminiumsch"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {531--534},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{arzt1999a,
+  author = 	 {Arzt, M. and Brocks, W. and Mohr, R.},
+  title = 	 {An implicit integration method for solving non-linear
+                  problems in mechanics of structures under complex loading
+                  histories},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of the Ninth International Conference on 
+                  Computational Methods and Experimental Measurements -- 
+                  CMEM 99},
+  pages =	 {371--380},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Carlomagno, C. M. and Brebbia, C. A.},
+  volume =	 2,
+  series =	 {Computational Engineering},
+  address =	 {Southhampton},
+  publisher =	 {WIT Press},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {1-85312-683-7}
+}
+
+@Book{ashby1980a,
+  author =	 {Ashby, M. F. and Jones, D. R. H.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Materials 1: An Introduction to their
+                   Properties and Applications},
+  publisher = 	 {Pergamon Press},
+  year = 	 1980,
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-08-026138-8}
+}
+
+@Article{ashby1983a,
+  author =	 {Ashby, M. F.},
+  title =	 {The mechanical properties of cellular solids},
+  journal =	 {Metallurgical Transactions},
+  year =	 1983,
+  volume =	 {14~A},
+  pages =	 1755,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{ashby1986a,
+  author =	 {Ashby, M. F. and Jones, D. R. H.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Materials 2: An Introduction to
+                   Microstructure, Processing and Design},
+  publisher = 	 {Pergamon Press},
+  year = 	 1986,
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-08-032532-7}
+}
+
+@Book{ashby1992a,
+  author =	 {Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Materials Selection in Mechanical Design},
+  publisher = 	 {Butterworth-Heinemann},
+  year = 	 1992,
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  isbn =         {0-7506-2727-1},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{ashby1998a,
+  editor =	 {Ashby, M. F. and Evans, A. G. and Hutchinson, J. W. and
+                  Fleck, N. A.},
+  title = 	 {Metal Foams: a Design Guide},
+  publisher = 	 {Cambridge Centre for Micromechanics},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  number =	 {Report Number CUED/C-MICROMECH/TR3},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{ashcroft1988a,
+  author =	 {Ashcroft, N. W. and Mermin, N. D.},
+  title = 	 {Solid State Physics},
+  publisher = 	 {ITPS Thomson Learning},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-03-083993-9}
+}
+
+@Book{askeland1996a,
+  author =	 {Askeland, D. R.},
+  title = 	 {Materialwissenschaften},
+  publisher = 	 {Spektrum Akademischer Verlag},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  address =	 {Heidelberg},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-86025-357-3}
+}
+
+@InBook{astm399a,
+  editor =	 {Storer, R. A. and others},
+  title = 	 {Metals Test Methods and Analytical Procedures},
+  chapter = 	 {Standard Test Method for Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness
+                  of Metallic Materials},
+  publisher = 	 {American Society for Testing and Materials},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  volume =	 {03.01},
+  series =	 {1995 Annual Book of ASTM Standards},
+  address =	 {Philadelphia},
+  pages =	 {412--442},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-8031-2200-4}
+}
+
+@InBook{astm561a,
+  editor =	 {Storer, R. A. and others},
+  title = 	 {Metals Test Methods and Analytical Procedures},
+  chapter = 	 {Standard Practice for {$R$}-Curve Determination},
+  publisher = 	 {American Society for Testing and Materials},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  volume =	 {03.01},
+  series =	 {1995 Annual Book of ASTM Standards},
+  address =	 {Philadelphia},
+  pages =	 {492--504},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-8031-2200-4}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996a,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, english, Nummer},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  number =	 198,
+  month =	 5,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996b,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, ngerman, Nummer},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  number =	 198,
+  month =	 5,
+  type =         {Gross klein Gross klein},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996c,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, english},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 may,
+  type =         {Gross klein Gross klein},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996d,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, ngerman},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 5,
+  type =         {Gross klein Gross klein},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996e,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, english},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 5,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996f,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, ngerman},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996g,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, english, Nummer},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 5,
+  number =	 198,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@TechReport{aurenhammer1996h,
+  author = 	 {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
+  title = 	 {Voronoi Diagrams, ngerman, Nummer},
+  institution =  {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  month =	 5,
+  number =	 198,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Manual{baeker1998a,
+  title = 	 {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik
+                  und Anwendungen},
+  author =	 {B\"aker, M.},
+  organization = {Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at
+                  Braunschweig},
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  month =	 oct,
+  year =	 1998,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{baeker2002a,
+  author =	 {B\"aker, M.},
+  title = 	 {Numerische Methoden in der Materialwissenschaft},
+  publisher = 	 {Fachbereich Maschinenbau der TU Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 8,
+  series =	 {Braunschweiger Schriften zum Maschinenbau},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-936148-08-2}
+}
+
+@InCollection{baker1997a,
+  author = 	 {Baker, A.-M. M. and Barry, C. M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Effects of Composition, Processing, and Structure on
+                  Properties of Engineering Plastics},
+  booktitle = 	 {Materials Selection and Design},
+  pages =	 {434--456},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1997,
+  editor =	 {Dieter, G. E.},
+  volume =	 20,
+  series =	 {ASM Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-87170-386-6}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1994a,
+  author =	 {Banhart, J. and Baumeister, J. and Weber, M.},
+  title =	 {Metallschaum~-- ein Werkstoff mit Perspektiven},
+  journal =	 {Aluminium},
+  year =	 1994,
+  volume =	 70,
+  number =       {3/4},
+  pages =	 {209--213},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1997a,
+  author =	 {Banhart, J. and Baumeister, J. and Weber, M.},
+  title =	 {Aluminium foams for transport industry},
+  journal =	 {Materials \&\ Design},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 18,
+  pages =	 221,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1997b,
+  author =	 {Banhart, J. and Baumeister, J.},
+  title =	 {Das Verformungsverhalten gesch"aumter Metalle},
+  journal =	 {Metall},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 51,
+  pages =	 {19--24},
+  note =	 {vgl.\ \cite{banhart1998a}},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1998a,
+  author =	 {Banhart, J. and Baumeister, J.},
+  title =	 {Deformation characteristics of metal foams},
+  journal =	 {Journal of Materials Science},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 33,
+  number =       6,
+  pages =	 {1431--1440},
+  note =	 {vgl.\ \cite{banhart1997b}},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1999a,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Foam Metal: The Recipe},
+  journal = 	 {europhysics news},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  pages =	 {17--20},
+  month =	 {January/February},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1999b,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Offenporige Aluminiumsch"aume -- Eigenschaften und
+                  Anwendungen},
+  journal = 	 {ALUMINIUM},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 75,
+  number =	 12,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1999c,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J. and Baumeister, J. and Melzer, A. and
+                  Seeliger, W. and Weber, M.},
+  title = 	 {Aluminiumschaum-Leichtbaustrukturen f\"ur den Fahrzeugbau},
+  journal = 	 {Werkstoffe im Automobilbau},
+  year = 	 {1998/1999},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart1999d,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J. and Brinkers, W.},
+  title = 	 {Fatige Behavior of Aluminum Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of Materials Science Letters},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 18,
+  pages =	 {617--619},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart2000a,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Manufacturing Routes for Metallic Foams},
+  journal = 	 {JOM},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  month =	 {December},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart2000b,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Eigenschaften und Anwendungsgebiete offenporiger 
+                  metallischer Werkstoffe},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {501--504},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart2001a,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J. and Bellmann, D. and Clemens, H.},
+  title = 	 {Investigation of Metal Foam Formation by Microscopy and
+                  Ultra Small-Angle Neutron Scattering},
+  journal = 	 {Acta materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {3409--3420},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{banhart2001b,
+  author = 	 {Banhart, J. and Stanzick, H. and Helfen, L. and
+                  Baumbach, T.},
+  title = 	 {Metal form evolution studied by synchroton radioscopy},
+  journal = 	 {Applied Physics Letters},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 78,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {1152--1154},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{bart-smith1998a,
+  author =	 {Bart-Smith, H. and Bastawros, A.-F. and Mumm,
+                  D. R. and Evans, A. G. and Sypeck, D. J. and Wadley,
+                  H. N. G.},
+  title =	 {Compressive Deformation and Yielding Mechanisms in
+                  Cellular {Al} Alloys Determined Using X-Ray Tomography
+                  and Surface Strain Mapping},
+  journal =	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 46,
+  number =	 10,
+  pages =	 {3583--3592},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{bart-smith1998b,
+  author = 	 {Bart-Smith, H. and Bastawros, A.-F. and Mumm, D. R. and
+                  Evans, A. G. and Sypeck, D. J. and Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  title = 	 {Compressive Deformation and Yielding Mechanisms in
+                  Cellular {Al} Alloys Determined Using X-Ray Tomography and
+                  Surface Strain Mapping},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {71--81},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{bastawros2000a,
+  author = 	 {Bastawros, A.-F. and Bart-Smith, H. and Evans, A. G.},
+  title = 	 {Experimental Analysis of Deformation Mechanisms in a 
+                  Closed-Cell Aluminium Alloy Foam},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 48,
+  pages =	 {301--322},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{baumeister1997a,
+  author =	 {Baumeister, J.},
+  title =	 {"Uberblick: Verfahren zur Herstellung von
+                  Metallsch"aumen},
+  booktitle =	 {Metallsch"aume (Beitr"age zum Symposium Metallsch"aume,
+                  IFAM, Bremen, 06.~--~07. 03.~1997)},
+  pages =	 3,
+  year =	 1997,
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Bremen},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{beals1997a,
+  author =	 {Beals, J. T. and Thompson, M. S.},
+  title =	 {Density gradient effects on aluminium foam
+                  compression behavior},
+  journal =	 {Journal of Materials Science},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 32,
+  pages =	 3595,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{becker1975a,
+  author =	 {Becker, E. and B"urger, W.},
+  title = 	 {Kontinuumsmechanik},
+  publisher = 	 {B.\,G.\ Teubner},
+  year = 	 1975,
+  volume =	 20,
+  series =	 {Leitf"aden der angewandten Mathematik und Mechanik},
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-519-02319-9}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{begley1971a,
+  author = 	 {Begley, J. A. and Landes, J. D.},
+  title = 	 {The {$J$} Integral as a Fracture Criterion},
+  booktitle = 	 {Fracture Toughness. Proceedings of the 1971 National 
+                  Symposium on Fracture Mechanics},
+  pages =	 {1--20},
+  year =	 1971,
+  volume =	 {Part~II},
+  address =	 {Philadelphia},
+  organization = {American Society for Testing and Materials},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{begley1973a,
+  author =	 {Begley, J. A.},
+  title = 	 {An estimation model for the application of the {$J$}
+                  integral},
+  publisher = 	 {Pa.\ \&\ Scientific papers},
+  year = 	 1973,
+  address =	 {Pittsburgh},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{beiser1983a,
+  author =	 {Beiser, A.},
+  title = 	 {Atome, Molek"ule, Festk"orper},
+  publisher = 	 {Vieweg Verlag},
+  year = 	 1983,
+  address =      {Braunschweig},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-528-08459-6}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{bergmann1997a,
+  author = 	 {Bergmann, D. and Galanulis, K.},
+  title = 	 {Zum Einsatz der optischen Feldme"stechnik in der 
+                  Bruchmechanik},
+  year =	 1997,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{bergmann2000a,
+  author =	 {Bergmann, W.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstofftechnik, Teil 1: Grundlagen},
+  publisher = 	 {Hanser},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-446-21409-7}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{bergmanna,
+  author = 	 {Bergmann, D.},
+  title = 	 {3D Deformation Measurement in small Areas based on
+                  Grating Method and Photogrammetry},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{bergmannb,
+  author = 	 {Bergmann, D. and Reich, C. and Ritter, R.},
+  title = 	 {Experimentelle Untersuchungen zum Vergleich mit
+                  Modellrechnungen bei der Aufstellung von Kriterien der
+                  Flie"sbruchmechanik},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{bernard2002a,
+  author = 	 {Bernard, T. and Zoch, H.-W.},
+  title = 	 {Aluminiumsch"aume -- Eigenschaften und Einsetzbarkeit},
+  journal = 	 {H"arterreitechnische Mitteilungen (HTM)},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 57,
+  number =       5,
+  pages =	 {308--315},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{betten1993a,
+  author =	 {Betten, J.},
+  title = 	 {Kontinuumsmechanik},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1993,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-56646-5}
+}
+
+@Book{blumenauer1993a,
+  author =	 {Blumenauer, H. and Pusch, G.},
+  title = 	 {Technische Bruchmechanik},
+  publisher = 	 {Deutscher Verlag f\"ur Grundstoffindustrie},
+  year = 	 1993,
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-342-00659-5}
+}
+
+@Article{boehm2000a,
+  author = 	 {B"ohm, H. and Ismar, H. and Schmitt, J.},
+  title = 	 {Flie"sfl"ache metallischer Sch"aume},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {21--23},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{boellinghaus2000a,
+  author =	 {B"ollinghaus, T. and von Hagen, H. and Bleck, W.},
+  title =	 {Erm"udung von Sandwichverbunden aus
+                  Aluminiumschaum mit Stahldeckblechen},
+  booktitle =	 {Metallsch"aume},
+  pages =	 {488--492},
+  year =	 2000,
+  editor =	 {Degischer, H. P.},
+  publisher =	 {Wiley-VCH},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{boellinghaus2000b,
+  author = 	 {B"ollinghaus, T. and von Hagen, H. and Bleck, W.},
+  title = 	 {Erm"udung von Sandwichverbunden aus Aluminiumschaum mit
+                   Stahldeckblechen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {488--492},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{boellinghaus2000c,
+  author = 	 {B\"ollinghaus, T. and von Hagen, H. and Bleck, W.},
+  title = 	 {Laserstrahlschwei\ss{}en von sch\"aumbarem 
+                   Aluminiumhalbzeug},
+  journal = 	 {UTF science},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 {II},
+  pages =	 {23--26},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{bramfitt1994a,
+  author = 	 {Bramfitt, J. E. and Hess, R. L.},
+  title = 	 {A Novel Heat Activated Recoverable Temporary Stent
+                  (Hearts System)},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of SMST-94},
+  pages =	 {435--442},
+  year =	 1994,
+  address =	 {California},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{braune2000a,
+  author = 	 {Braune, R. and Otto, A.},
+  title = 	 {Tailored Blanking mit Kernverbunden aus aufsch\"aumbarem
+                   Aluminiumhalbzeug},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {562--565},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{bronstein1993a,
+  author =	 {Bron\v{s}tein, I. N. and Semendjaev, K. A. and Musiaol, G. 
+                  and M"uhlig, H.},
+  title = 	 {Taschenbuch der Mathematik},
+  publisher = 	 {Verlag Harri Deutsch},
+  year = 	 1993,
+  address =	 {Thun},
+  edition =	 1,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-8171-2001-X}
+}
+
+@Article{bross1998a,
+  author = 	 {Bross, S. and Steck E.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation of selforganised dislocation structures in
+                  b.c.c. single crystals},
+  journal = 	 {Computational Materials Science},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  volume =	 13,
+  pages =	 {16--22},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{buengener2000a,
+  author = 	 {B\"ungener, N. and Sch\"one, A. and Fritsching, U.},
+  title = 	 {Zum kontinuierlichen thermisch-chemischen Aufsch\"aumen
+                   uns Ausbringen von Aluminium und Aluminiumlegierungen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {535--537},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{buergel1998a,
+  author =	 {B"urgel, R.},
+  title = 	 {Handbuch Hochtemperatur"=Werkstofftechnik},
+  publisher = 	 {Vieweg Verlag},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-528-03107-7}
+}
+
+@Book{callister2000a,
+  author =	 {Callister, W. D.},
+  title = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  publisher = 	 {Wiley \&\ Sons},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-471-32013-7}
+}
+
+@Book{chawla1993a,
+  author =	 {Chawla, K. K.},
+  title = 	 {Ceramic Matrix Composites},
+  publisher = 	 {Chapman \&\ Hall},
+  year = 	 1993,
+  address =	 {London},
+  edition =	 1,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-412-36740-8}
+}
+
+@InCollection{clements1988a,
+  author = 	 {Clements, L. L.},
+  title = 	 {Polymer Science for Engineers},
+  booktitle = 	 {Engineering Plastics},
+  pages = 	 {48--62},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1988,
+  editor =	 {Epel, J. N.},
+  volume =	 2,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-279-7}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{cordes2000a,
+  author = 	 {Cordes, M. and Bardenheier, R.},
+  title = 	 {Hochgeschwindigkeitsversuche und Crashsimulation},
+  booktitle = 	 {Vortr\"age der Tagung Werkstoffpr\"ufung 2000},
+  year =	 2000,
+  address =	 {Bad Nauheim},
+  month =	 {Dezember},
+  organization = {Deutscher Verband f\"ur Materialforschung und -pr\"ufung},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  note =         {Nicht im Tagungsband enthalten}
+}
+
+@Book{cottrell1956a,
+  author =	 {Cottrell, A. H.},
+  title = 	 {Dislocations and plastic flow in crystals},
+  publisher = 	 {Clarendon Press},
+  address =      {Oxford},
+  year = 	 1965,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{courtney1990a,
+  author =	 {Courtney, T. H.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanical Behaviour of Materials},
+  publisher = 	 {McGraw-Hill},
+  year = 	 1990,
+  address =	 {New York},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-07-013265-8}
+}
+
+@Article{davies1983a,
+  author =	 {Davies, G. J. and Zhen, Shu},
+  title =	 {Metallic foams: their production, properties and
+                  applications},
+  journal =	 {Journal of Materials Science},
+  year =	 1983,
+  volume =	 18,
+  pages =	 {1899--1911},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{davis1994a,
+  editor =	 {Davis, J. R.},
+  title = 	 {Stainless Steels},
+  publisher = 	 {ASM International},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  series =	 {ASM Specialty Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-87170-503-6}
+}
+
+@Article{daxner2000a,
+  author = 	 {Daxner, T. and B\"ohm, H. J. and Ramerstorfer, F. G. and
+                  Denzer, R. and Maier, M.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation des elasto-plastischen Verhaltens von
+                   Metallschaum mit Hilfe von 2D und 3D Einheits-Modellen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {447--450},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{degischer1997a,
+  author =	 {Degischer, H. P.},
+  title =	 {Innovative light metals: metal matrix composites
+                  and foamed aluminium},
+  journal =	 {Materials \& Design},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 18,
+  pages =	 221,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{degischer1997b,
+  author =	 {Degischer, H. P. and Galovsky, U. and Gradinger,
+                  R. and Kretz, R. and Simanc\'ik, F.},
+  title =	 {\"Uber mechanische Eigenschaften von
+                  Aluminiumsch"aumen},
+  booktitle =	 {Metallsch"aume (Beitr"age zum Symposium Metallsch"aume,
+                  IFAM, Bremen, 06.~--~07. 03.~1997},
+  pages =	 79,
+  year =	 1997,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J.},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Bremen},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{deshpande2001a,
+  author = 	 {Deshpande, V. S. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  title = 	 {Foam Topology Bending Versus Stretching Dominated 
+                  Architectures},
+  journal = 	 {Acter Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {1035--1040},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{deshpande2001b,
+  author = 	 {Deshpande, V. S. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  title = 	 {Multi-Axial Yield Behaviour of Polymer Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Acter materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {1859--1866},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Misc{dfgdaempfung2000a,
+  key =		 {Arbeitsbericht},
+  title =	 {Arbeitsbericht zum DFG-Vorhaben SI~408/5-1 \quotedblbase
+                  Mechanische D\"ampfung metallischer
+                  Sch\"aume\textquotedblleft\
+                  im DFG-Schwerpunktprogramm SPP~1075},
+  year =	 2000,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{dieter1986a,
+  author =	 {Dieter, G. E.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanical Metallurgy},
+  publisher = 	 {McGraw-Hill},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  address =	 {New York},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-07-100406-8}
+}
+
+@Book{dieter1988a,
+  author =	 {Dieter, G. E.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanical Metallurgy},
+  publisher = 	 {McGraw-Hill},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  address =	 {London},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-07-100406-8}
+}
+
+@Book{dieter1995a,
+  editor =	 {Dieter, G.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanical Metallurgy},
+  publisher = 	 {McGraw-Hill},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{domininghaus1998a,
+  author =	 {Domininghaus, H.},
+  title = 	 {Die Kunststoffe und ihre Eigenschaften},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-62659-X}
+}
+
+@Book{domke1994a,
+  author =	 {Domke, W.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstoffkunde und Werkstoffpr"ufung},
+  publisher = 	 {Cornelsen Verlag},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 10,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-590-81220-6},
+}
+
+@Article{duarte2000a,
+  author = 	 {Duarte, I. and Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {A Study of Aluminium Foam Formation---Kinetics and
+                  Microstructure},
+  journal = 	 {Acta materialia},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 48,
+  pages =	 {2349--2362},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{dubbel1990a,
+  editor =	 {Beitz, W. and Grote, K.-H.},
+  title = 	 {Dubbel~-- Taschenbuch f\"ur den Maschinenbau},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 20,
+  isbn =         {3-540-67777-1},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{ehlers1999a,
+  author = 	 {Ehlers, W. and Droste, A.},
+  title = 	 {A Continuum Model for Highly Porous Aluminium Foam},
+  journal = 	 {Technische Mechanik},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 19,
+  number =	 4,
+  pages =	 {341--350},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{ehrenstein1999a,
+  author =	 {Ehrenstein, G. W.},
+  title = 	 {Polymer-Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Hanser Verlag},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  address =	 {M"unchen},
+  edition =	 2,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-446-21161-6}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{elmoutaouakkail2001a,
+  author = 	 {Elmoutaouakkail, A. and Salvo, L. and Maire, E. and 
+                  Peix, G.},
+  title = 	 {{2D} and {3D} characterisation of metal foams using 
+                  {X}-ray tomography},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {245--250},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Article{erbe1994a,
+  author = 	 {Erbe, M. and Galanulis, K. and Ritter, R. and Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Fracture
+                  by Finite Element and Grating Methods},
+  journal = 	 {Engineering Fracture Mechanics},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  volume =	 48,
+  number =	 1,
+  pages =	 {103-118},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{erhard1993a,
+  author =	 {Erhard, G.},
+  title = 	 {Konstruieren mit Kunststoffen},
+  publisher = 	 {Carl-Hanser-Verlag},
+  year = 	 1993,
+  address =	 {M"unchen},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-446-17397-8}
+}
+
+@Article{fatima2001a,
+  author = 	 {F\'atima Vaz, M. and Fortes, M. A.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation of cell collapse in the compression of
+                  non-uniform cellular solids},
+  journal = 	 {Scripta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 45,
+  pages =	 {375--382},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{fazekas2001a,
+  author = 	 {Fazekas, A. and Dendievel, R. and Salvo, L. and 
+                  Br\'echet, Y.},
+  title = 	 {Influence of microstructural dispersions on the effective
+                  properties of cellular solids},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {259--264},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Article{feith2000a,
+  author = 	 {Feith, G.},
+  title = 	 {Schaumteile als Dauerkerne in Gu"steilen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {407--408},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{feynman1989a,
+  author =	 {Feynman, R. P. and Leighton, R. B. and Sands, M.},
+  title = 	 {The Feynman Lectures on Physics,  Vol~I, II \&\ III},
+  publisher = 	 {Pearson Higher Education},
+  year = 	 1989,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-201-50064-7}
+}
+
+@Article{foroughi2000a,
+  author = 	 {Foroughi, B. and Kriszt, B. and Degischer, H. P.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation des Verformungsverhaltens von por\"osen 
+                   Metallen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {451--454},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{foroughi2001a,
+  author = 	 {Foroughi, B. and Kriszt, B. and Degischer, H. P.},
+  title = 	 {Modelling of mechanical properties of inhomogeneous cellular
+                  materials},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {265--268},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Book{frost1982a,
+  author =	 {Frost, H. J. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Deformation-Mechanism Maps},
+  publisher = 	 {Pergamon Press},
+  year = 	 1982,
+  edition =	 1,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-08-029338-7}
+}
+
+@Book{fujita1998a,
+  editor =	 {Fujita, F. E.},
+  title = 	 {Physics of New Materials},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer-Verlag},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  volume =	 27,
+  series =	 {Springer Series in Materials Science},
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 2,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-540-64143-2}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{galanulis1999a,
+  author = 	 {Galanulis, K. and Hofmann, A.},
+  title = 	 {Determination of Forming Limit Diagrams Using an Optical
+                  Measurement System},
+  booktitle = 	 {Sheet Metal 1999},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Geiger, M. and Kals, H. J. J. and Shirvani, B. and 
+                  Singh, U. P.},
+  address =	 {Erlangen},
+  month =	 {September},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-87525-110-5}
+}
+
+@Article{galovsky2000a,
+  author = 	 {Galovsky, U.},
+  title = 	 {Bestimmung von Bruchz\"ahigkeitswerten bei 
+                   Schaumaluminium},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {578--580},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{gent1963a,
+  author = 	 {Gent, A. N. and Thomas, A. G.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanics of Foamed Elastic Materials},
+  journal = 	 {Rubber Chemistry and Technology},
+  year = 	 1963,
+  volume =	 36,
+  pages =	 {597--610},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{gent1963b,
+  author = 	 {Gent, A. N. and Thomas, A. G.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanics of Foamed Elastic Materials},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of the 7th Annual Technical Conference of the 
+                  Cellular Plastics Division},
+  year =	 1963,
+  address =	 {New York},
+  organization = {Society of the Plastics Industry},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{gers2000a,
+  author = 	 {Gers, H. and Brungs, D. and Nijhof, K. and Baumg\"artner, F.
+                  and M\"aurer, H.-J.},
+  title = 	 {Pulvermetallurgische Fertigung von Bauteilen aus
+                   Aluminiumschaum},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {403--406},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{giamei1997a,
+  author = 	 {Giamei, A.},
+  title = 	 {Aero-Engine and Naval Applications for Ultra-Lightweight 
+                  Metals},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of the Fraunhofer USA Metal Foam Symposium},
+  pages =	 {63--78},
+  year =	 1997,
+  address =	 {Bremen (Germany)},
+  publisher =	 {MIT-Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{gibson1982a,
+  author = 	 {Gibson, L. J. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {The Mechanics of Three-Dimensional Cellular Materials},
+  journal = 	 {Proceedings of the Royal Society of London},
+  year = 	 1982,
+  volume =	 {A~382},
+  pages =	 {43--59},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{gibson1982b,
+  author = 	 {Gibson, L. J. and Ashby, M. F. and Schajer, G. S. and
+                  Robertson, C. I.},
+  title = 	 {The mechanics of two-dimensional cellular materials},
+  journal = 	 {Proceedings of the Royal Society of London},
+  year = 	 1982,
+  volume =	 {A~382},
+  pages =	 {25--42},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{gibson1989a,
+  author =	 {Gibson, L. J.},
+  title =	 {Modelling the mechanical behaviour of cellular
+                  materials},
+  journal =	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year =	 1989,
+  volume =	 {A~110},
+  pages =	 1,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{gibson1997a,
+  author =	 {Gibson, L. J. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title =	 {Cellular solids},
+  publisher =	 {Cambridge University Press},
+  year =	 1997,
+  edition =	 {2nd},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{gioux2000a,
+  author = 	 {Gioux, G. and McCormack, T. M. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Failure of aluminum foams under multiaxial loads},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 42,
+  pages =	 {1097--1117},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{golovin2000a,
+  author = 	 {Golovin, I. S. and Sinning, H.-R.},
+  title = 	 {Damping of Some Aluminium Foams at Low Amplitudes},
+  booktitle = 	 {MS-2, Poland, 2-8 December 2000, Solid State Phenomena},
+  year =	 2000,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{golovin2000b,
+  author = 	 {Golovin, I. S. and Sinning, H.-R.},
+  title = 	 {Low-amplitude Mechanical Damping of Some Aluminium Foams},
+  booktitle = 	 {Materials Week},
+  year =	 2000,
+  address =	 {Munich},
+  month =	 {October},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{golovin2000c,
+  author = 	 {Golovin, I. S. and Sinning, H.-R. and G\"oken, J. and
+                  Riehemann, W.},
+  title = 	 {Amplitude Dependent Damping of Some Metallic Foams},
+  booktitle = 	 {2nd Mechanical Spectroscopy School},
+  year =	 2000,
+  address =	 {Krakow, Poland},
+  month =	 {December},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{gottstein1998a,
+  author =	 {Gottstein, G.},
+  title = 	 {Physikalische Grundlagen der Materialkunde},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-62670-0}
+}
+
+@InCollection{greenhut1997a,
+  author = 	 {Greenhug, V. A.},
+  title = 	 {Effects of Composition, Processing, and Structure on
+                  Properties of Ceramics and Glasses},
+  booktitle = 	 {Materials Selection and Design},
+  pages =	 {416--433},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1997,
+  editor =	 {Dieter, G. E.},
+  volume =	 20,
+  series =	 {ASM Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-87170-386-6}
+}
+
+@Article{grenestedt2000a,
+  author = 	 {Grenestedt, J. L.},
+  title = 	 {Influence of Cell Wall Wiggles on Stiffness of Cellular 
+                  Solids},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 42,
+  number =	 7,
+  pages =	 {1327--1338},
+  language =	 {english},
+}
+
+@Article{grenestedt2000b,
+  author = 	 {Grenestedt, J. L. and Bassinet, F.},
+  title = 	 {Influence of Cell Wall Thickness Variations on Elastic
+                  Stiffness of Closed-Cell Cellular Solids},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 42,
+  pages =	 {1327--1338},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{gross2001a,
+  author =	 {Gross, D. and Seelig, T.},
+  title = 	 {Bruchmechanik mit einer Einf"uhrung in die Mikromechanik},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  address =      {Berlin},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-42203-X}
+}
+
+@Article{grote2000a,
+  author = 	 {Grote, F. and Stemmler, M. and Kaesberg, S.},
+  title = 	 {\"Ubertragung realer zellularer Strukturen auf
+                   3D-FEM-Modell -- Methoden und Potential},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {455--458},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{guy1970a,
+  author =	 {Guy, A. G.},
+  title = 	 {Metallkunde f\"ur Ingenieure},
+  publisher = 	 {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},
+  year = 	 1970,
+  volume =	 7,
+  series =	 {Technisch-physikalische Sammlung},
+  address =	 {Frankfurt am Main},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{haag2003a,
+  author = 	 {Haag, M. and Wanner, A. and Clemens, H. and Zhang, P. and
+                  Kraft, O. and Arzt, E.},
+  title = 	 {Creep of Aluminium-Based Closed-Cell Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2003,
+  note =	 {Submitted to Acta Materialia},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{haberling2000a,
+  author = 	 {Haberling, C. and Haldenwanger, H.-G.},
+  title = 	 {Leichtbau durch lokales Aussteifen von Strukturbauteilen
+                   im PKW-Bau},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {505--510},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{hagen1998a,
+  author = 	 {von Hagen, H. and Bleck, W.},
+  title = 	 {Compressive, Tensile and Shear Testing of Melt-Foamed
+                  Aluminium},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {59--64},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{hahn2000a,
+  author = 	 {Hahn, M. and Otto, A.},
+  title = 	 {Hochtemperatur-Umformung von zellularem Aluminium},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {432--435},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{harder1997a,
+  author = 	 {Harder, J.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation lokaler Flie"svorg"ange in Polykristallen},
+  school = 	 {Mechanik"=Zentrum, TU Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-920395-27-1}
+}
+
+@Article{harder1999a,
+  author = 	 {Harder, J.},
+  title = 	 {A crystallographic model for the study of local deformation
+                  processes in polycrystals},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Plasticity},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 15,
+  pages =	 {605--624},
+  language =	 {english},
+  issn =	 {0749-6419}
+}
+
+@TechReport{harders1999a,
+  author =       {Harders, Harald and Wei\ss{}, Susanne and Thielecke, Frank},
+  title =        {Verwendung des datengest\"utzten Systemidentifizierungstools
+                   RAPID zur fehlertoleranten Modellierung des 
+                   Luftdatensystems FADS},
+  institution =  {Institut f\"ur Flugmechanik, Deutsches Zentrum f\"ur Luft-
+                  und Raumfahrt e.\,V.},
+  year =         1999,
+  number =       {Institutsbericht IB 111-1999/25},
+  address =      {Braunschweig},
+  language =  {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{harders2000a,
+  author = 	 {Harders, Harald and R\"osler, Joachim and Hupfer, Knut},
+  title = 	 {Schwingfestigkeitsversuche an Aluminiumschaum},
+  booktitle = 	 {Vortr\"age der Tagung Werkstoffpr\"ufung 2000},
+  pages = 	 {241--246},
+  year =	 2000,
+  address =	 {Bad Nauheim},
+  month =	 {Dezember},
+  organization = {Deutscher Verband f\"ur Materialforschung und -pr\"ufung},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{harders2001a,
+  author = 	 {Harders, Harald and R\"osler, Joachim and Hupfer, Knut and
+                  Steck, Elmar},
+  title = 	 {Experimental Studies and Simulations of the Fatigue
+                  Behaviour of Metal Foams},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {317--322},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen (Germany)},
+  publisher =	 {MIT-Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{harte1999a,
+  author = 	 {Harte, A.-M. and Fleck, N. A. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Fatigue failure of an open cell and a closed cell 
+                  aluminium alloy foam},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 47,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {2511--2524},
+  language =	 {english},
+  issn =	 {1359-6454}
+}
+
+@Article{herrmann1997a,
+  author = 	 {Herrmann, K. P.},
+  title = 	 {Ri"sausbreitungsvorg\"ange in thermomechanisch belasteten
+                  Zweikomponentenmedien: Analysis und Experiment},
+  journal = 	 {Zeitschrift f\"ur angewandte Mathematik und Mechanik (ZAMM)},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  volume =	 77,
+  number =	 3,
+  pages =	 {163--188},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{hill1950a,
+  author =	 {Hill, R.},
+  title = 	 {The Mathematical Theory of Plasticity},
+  publisher = 	 {Oxford University Press},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-19-850367-9}
+}
+
+@Article{hipke2000a,
+  author = 	 {Hipke, T. and Wunderlich, T.},
+  title = 	 {Chancen und Hemmnisse f\"ur den Metallschaumeinsatz},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {396--399},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{hoenscheidt2000a,
+  author = 	 {H\"ohnscheidt, W.},
+  title = 	 {Aluminium-Schaum-Strukturen bald serienreif f\"ur den Pkw},
+  journal = 	 {VDI nachrichten},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 34,
+  pages =	 {18--19},
+  month =	 {August},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{holzapfel2000a,
+  author =	 {Holzapfel, G. A.},
+  title = 	 {Nonlinear Solid Mechanics},
+  publisher = 	 {John Wiley \&\ Sons},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  address =	 {Chichester},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-471-82319-8}
+}
+
+@Book{honeycombe2000a,
+  author =	 {Honeycombe, R. W. K.},
+  title = 	 {Steels~-- Microstructure and Properties},
+  publisher = 	 {Edward Arnold},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  address =      {London},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-7131-2793-7}
+}
+
+@book{hornbogen1983a,
+  author =	 {Hornbogen, E.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 6,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-57325-9}
+}
+
+@Book{hoser1996a,
+  author =	 {Ohser, J. and Lorz, U.},
+  title = 	 {Quantitative Gef\"ugeanalyse: theoretische Grundlagen und
+                   Anwendungen},
+  publisher = 	 {TU Bergakademie Freiberg},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  volume =	 {B~276},
+  series =	 {Freiberger Forschungshefte},
+  address =	 {Freiberg},
+  edition =	 2,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-86012-025-5}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{huang1998a,
+  author = 	 {Huang, J. S. and Lin, J. Y.},
+  title = 	 {Modeling of Fatigue for Cellular Materials},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {27--32},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{huebler1999a,
+  author = 	 {H\"ubler, A. C. and Hahn, U. and Weidner, J. and 
+                  Schneider, J.},
+  title = 	 {Krafteinleitung an Bauelementen aus Aluminiumschaum},
+  journal = 	 {konstruktionspraxis},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 04,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{hunsche1986a,
+  author = 	 {Hunsche, A. and Neumann, P.},
+  title = 	 {Quantitative measurement of persistent slip band profiles
+                  and crack initiation},
+  journal = 	 {Acta metallurgica},
+  year = 	 1986,
+  volume =	 34,
+  number = 	 2,
+  pages =	 {207--217},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{hupfer2003a,
+  author = 	 {Hupfer, K.},
+  title = 	 {Einflu\ss\ der Mikrostruktur auf die 
+                   Festigkeitseigenschaften von Metallsch\"aumen},
+  school = 	 {Braunschweiger Schriften zur Mechanik},
+  year = 	 2003,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{huschka1997a,
+  author =	 {Huschka, S. and Hicken, S. and Arendts, F.-J.},
+  title =	 {Modellierung der Spannungs-Stauchungskurven von
+                  Aluminiumschaum unter Ber\"ucksichtigung der
+                  Porengr"o"senverteilung},
+  booktitle =	 {Metallsch"aume (Beitr"age zum Symposium Metallsch"aume,
+                  IFAM, Bremen 06.~--~07.{\,}03.~1997},
+  pages =	 189,
+  year =	 1997,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J.},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Bremen},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{huschka1998a,
+  author =	 {Huschka, S.},
+  title =	 {Modellierung eines Materialgesetzes zur
+                  Beschreibung der mechanischen Eigenschaften von
+                  Aluminiumschaum},
+  school =	 {Universit\"at Stuttgart},
+  year =	 1998,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  address =	 {VDI-Verlag. Fortschrittberichte, Reihe 5, Nr. 525},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{hutchinson2000a,
+  author = 	 {Hutchinson, J. W. and He, M. Y.},
+  title = 	 {Buckling of cylindrical sandwich shells with metal foam 
+                  cores},
+  journal = 	 {International journal of solids and structures},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 37,
+  number =	 {46--47},
+  pages =	 {6777-6794},
+  language =	 {english},
+  issn =	 {0020-7683}
+}
+
+@Article{ichitsubo2002a,
+  author = 	 {Ichitsubo, T. and Tane, M. and Ogi, H. and Hirao, M. and
+                  Ikeda, T. and Nakajima, H.},
+  title = 	 {Anisotropic elastic constants of lotus-type porous copper:
+                  measurements and micromechanics modeling},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 50,
+  pages =	 {4105--5115},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Manual{ifam2001a,
+  title = 	 {Metal Foams},
+  organization = {Frauhofer Institut f\"ur Fertigungstechnik und 
+                  Angewandte Materialforschung (IFAM)},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  month =	 01,
+  year =	 2001,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Manual{ifam2001b,
+  title = 	 {FOAMINAL},
+  organization = {Frauhofer Institut f\"ur Fertigungstechnik und 
+                  Angewandte Materialforschung (IFAM)},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  month =	 01,
+  year =	 2001,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{illerhaus2000a,
+  author = 	 {Illerhaus, B. and Goebbels, J.},
+  title = 	 {Dreidimensionale Charakterisierung von Metallschaumk\"orpern
+                   mittels MikroComputertomographie},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {527--528},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{ilschner2002a,
+  author =	 {Ilschner, B. and Singer, R. F.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstoffwissenschaften und Fertigungstechnik},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-67451-9}
+}
+
+@Article{ishikawa2000a,
+  author = 	 {Ishikawa, N. and Parks, D. M. and Socrate, S. and 
+                  Kurihara, M.},
+  title = 	 {Micromechanical Modeling of Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Using
+                  Finite Element Unit Cell Models},
+  journal = 	 {ISIJ International},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 40,
+  number =	 11,
+  pages =	 {1170--1179},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{issler1995a,
+  author =	 {Issler, L. and Ruo"s, H. and H"afele, P.},
+  title = 	 {Festigkeitslehre~-- Grundlagen},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  edition =      2,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-61998-4}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{jasiuniene2001a,
+  author = 	 {Jansiunien\"e, E. and Goebbels, J. and Illerhaus, B. and
+                  L\"owe, P. and Kottar, A.},
+  title = 	 {{3D} investigation of strength tested metallic foams by
+                  micro-tomography},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {251--254},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Book{jenkins1972a,
+  editor =	 {Jenkins, A. D.},
+  title = 	 {Polymer Science},
+  publisher = 	 {North-Holland Publishing Company},
+  year = 	 1972,
+  volume =	 1,
+  address =	 {Amsterdam},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-7204-0246-8}
+}
+
+@Book{kaliszky1984a,
+  author =	 {Kaliszky, S.},
+  title = 	 {Plastizit"atslehre},
+  publisher = 	 {VDI"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1984,
+  address =	 {D"usseldorf},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-18-400447-3}
+}
+
+@Article{kathuria2001a,
+  author = 	 {Kathuria, Y. P.},
+  title = 	 {Laser Assisted Foaming of Aluminum},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 3,
+  number =	 9,
+  pages =	 {702--705},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{kausch1983a,
+  editor =	 {Kausch, H.-H.},
+  title = 	 {Crazing in Polymers, Vol.~1},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer-Verlag},
+  year = 	 1983,
+  volume =	 {52/53},
+  series =	 {Advances in Polymer Science},
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-540-12571-X}
+}
+
+@Book{kausch1990a,
+  editor =	 {Kausch, H.-H.},
+  title = 	 {Crazing in Polymers, Vol.~2},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer-Verlag},
+  year = 	 1990,
+  volume =	 {91/92},
+  series =	 {Advances in Polymer Science},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-540-51306-X}
+}
+
+@Book{kittel1999a,
+  author =	 {Kittel, Ch.},
+  title = 	 {Einf"uhrung in die Festk"orperphysik},
+  publisher = 	 {R. Oldenbourg Verlag},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  address =	 {M"unchen},
+  edition =	 12,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-486-23843-4}
+}
+
+@Article{ko1965a,
+  author = 	 {Ko, W. L.},
+  title = 	 {Deformations of Foamed Elastomers},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of CELLULAR PLASTICS},
+  year = 	 1965,
+  pages =	 {45--50},
+  month =	 {January},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{kottar2000a,
+  author = 	 {Kottar, A. and Degischer, H. P. and Kriszt, B.},
+  title = 	 {R\"ontgen-Computertomographie zur Charakterisierung von
+                   zellularem Aluminium und seiner Verformung},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {465--469},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{kretz1999a,
+  author = 	 {Kretz, R. and Hombergsmeier, E. and Eipper, K.},
+  title = 	 {Manufacturing and testing of aluminium foam structural parts
+                  for passenger cars demonstrated by example of a rear
+                  intermediate panel},
+  booktitle = 	 {Metal Foams and Porous Metal Structures},
+  pages =	 {23--38},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {MIT-Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{kretz2000a,
+  author = 	 {Kretz, R. and Wolfsgruber, E.},
+  title = 	 {Potential des Alulight Verfahrens zur Herstellung von
+                   dreidimensionalen Net Shape Schaumaluminiumbauteilen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {400--402},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@TechReport{kriszt1997a,
+  author = 	 {Kriszt, B. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Structure and Properties of Nickel Foams},
+  institution =  {University of Cambridge},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  number =	 {CUED/C-MATS/TR240},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{kriszt2000a,
+  author = 	 {Kriszt, B. and Kraft, O. and Clemens, H.},
+  title = 	 {Mikrostruktureigenschaften von Alporas Schaum in
+                   Abh\"angigkeit von thermisch mechanischer Belastung},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {478--480},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{kumar1994a,
+  author = 	 {Kumar, S. and Kurtz, S. K.},
+  title = 	 {Simulation of Material Microstructure Using a 3D Voronoi
+                  Tesselation: Calculation of Effective Thermal Expansion
+                  Coefficient of Polycrystalline Materials},
+  journal = 	 {Acta metallurgica et materialia},
+  year = 	 1994,
+  volume =	 42,
+  number =	 12,
+  pages =	 {3917--3927},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{kunz2001a,
+  author = 	 {Kunz, L. and Luk\'a\v{s}, P. and Weiss, B. and Melisova, D.},
+  title = 	 {Effect of loading history on cyclic stress-strain response},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 {A~314},
+  pages =	 {1--6},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{landau1997a,
+  author =	 {Landau, L. D. and Lifschitz, E. M.},
+  title = 	 {Lehrbuch der theoretischen Physik},
+  publisher = 	 {Verlag Harri Deutsch},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  volume =	 {Bd.{\,}2: Klassische Feldtheorie},
+  edition =	 12,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-8171-1327-7}
+}
+
+@Article{lange1974a,
+  author = 	 {Lange, G.},
+  title = 	 {Vereinfachte Ermittlung der Flie"skurve metallischer
+                  Werkstoffe im Zugversuch w"ahrend der Einschn"urung der
+                  Proben},
+  journal = 	 {Archiv f\"ur das Eisenh"uttenwesen},
+  year = 	 1974,
+  volume =	 45,
+  number =	 11,
+  pages =	 {809--812},
+  month =	 {November},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{lange1992a,
+  editor =	 {Lange, G.},
+  title = 	 {Systematische Beurteilung technischer Schadensf"alle},
+  publisher = 	 {Wiley-VCH},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  address =      {Weinheim},
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-527-30417-7}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{lankford1998a,
+  author = 	 {Lankford, J., Jr. and Dannemann, K. A.},
+  title = 	 {Strain Rate Effects in Porous Materials},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {103--108},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{lederman1971a,
+  author = 	 {Lederman, J. M.},
+  title = 	 {The Prediction of the Tensile Properties of Flexible Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of Applied Polymer Science},
+  year = 	 1971,
+  volume =	 15,
+  pages =	 {693--703},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InCollection{lehman1991a,
+  author = 	 {Lehman, R. L.},
+  title = 	 {Overview of Ceramic Design and Process Engineering},
+  booktitle = 	 {Ceramics and Glasses},
+  pages = 	 {29--37},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1991,
+  editor =	 {Schneider, Samuel J.},
+  volume =	 4,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-282-7}
+}
+
+@Article{lehmhus2000a,
+  author = 	 {Lehmhus, D. and Marschner, C. and Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Einflu\ss{} von W\"armebehandlungen auf Gef\"uge und
+                   Festigkeitseigenschaften von Aluminiumsch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {474--477},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{lehmhus2002a,
+  author = 	 {Lehmhus, D. and Banhart, J. and Rodriguez-Perez, M. A.},
+  title = 	 {Adaptation of aluminium foam properties by means of
+                  precipitation hardening},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Technology},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 18,
+  month =	 {May},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{leitlmeier2000a,
+  author = 	 {Leitlmeier, D. and Flankl, H.},
+  title = 	 {Vergleich der Herstellverfahren von Aluminiumschaum unter
+                  dem Aspekt zuk"unftiger industrieller
+                  Anwendungsm"oglichkeiten},
+  booktitle = 	 {1.~Ranshofer Leichtmetalltage: 
+                  Vom Werkstoff zum Bauteilsystem},
+  pages =	 {155--167},
+  year =	 2000,
+  editor =	 {Kaufmann, U. and Uggowitzer, P. J.},
+  month =	 {Mai},
+  language =     {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InBook{lemaitre2001a, 
+  editor =	 {Lemaitre, J.},
+  title = 	 {Handbook of Materials Behavior Models},
+  chapter = 	 {Damage mechanisms in amorphous glassy polymers: crazing},
+  publisher = 	 {Harcourt Publishers},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-12-443341-3}
+}
+
+@Article{loethman2000a,
+  author = 	 {L\"othman, P. A. and Andersen, O. and Gr\"under, J. and
+                  Landgraf, G.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanische Eigenschaften metallischer Hohlkugelformk\"orper
+                   und Charakterisierung ihrer Zellwandeigenschaften},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {529--530},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{lukas2002a,
+  author = 	 {Luk\'{a}\v{s}, P. and Kunz, L.},
+  title = 	 {Specific features of high-cycle and ultra-high-cycle 
+                  fatigue},
+  journal = 	 {Fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and 
+                  structures},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 25,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {747--753},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{macherauch1990a,
+  author =	 {Macherauch, E.},
+  title = 	 {Praktikum in Werkstoffkunde},
+  publisher = 	 {Vieweg Verlagsgesellschaft},
+  year = 	 1990,
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  edition =	 9,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-528-83306-8}
+}
+
+@Article{magnin2001a,
+  author = 	 {Magnin, T. and Bosch, C. and Wolski, K. and Delafosse, D.},
+  title = 	 {Cyclic plastic deformation behaviour of {Ni} single crystal
+                  oriented for single slip as a function of hydrogen content},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 {A\,314},
+  pages =	 {7--11},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{maire2001a,
+  author = 	 {Maire, E. and Buffi\`ere, J.-Y. and Salvo, L.},
+  title = 	 {On the Application of X-ray Microtomography in the Field
+                  of Materials Science},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 3,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {539--546},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{margevicius1998a,
+  author = 	 {Margevicius, R. W. and Stanek, P. W. and Jacobson, L. A.},
+  title = 	 {Effects of Thermomechanical Processing on the Resulting
+                  Mechanical Properties of 6101 Aluminium Foam},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {65--70},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{markaki2001a,
+  author = 	 {Markaki, A. E. and Clyne, T. W.},
+  title = 	 {The Effect of Cell Wall Microstructure on the Deformation and
+                  Fracture of Aluminium-Based Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {1677--1686},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{maurer2000a,
+  author = 	 {Maurer, M. and Lugscheider, E.},
+  title = 	 {Erh\"ohung und Charakterisierung der Festigkeit von
+                   Metallsch\"aumen f\"ur lasttragende Anwendungen durch
+                   thermisch gespritzte Verbundstrukturen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {523--526},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{mcclintock1968a,
+  author = 	 {McClintock, F. A.},
+  title = 	 {A Criterion for Ductile Fracture by the Growth of Holes},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of Applied Mechanics},
+  year = 	 1968,
+  pages =	 {363--371},
+  month =	 {June},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{mccrum1988a,
+  author =	 {McCrum, N. G. and Buckley, C. P. and Bucknall, C. B.},
+  title = 	 {Principles of Polymer Engineering},
+  publisher = 	 {Oxford University Press},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-19-856152-0}
+}
+
+@Article{mccullough2000a,
+  author = 	 {McCullough, K. Y. G. and Fleck, N. A. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {The stress-life fatigue behaviour of aluminium alloy foams},
+  journal = 	 {Fatigue \&\ fracture of engineering materials \&\ 
+                  structures},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 23,
+  number =	 3,
+  pages =	 {199--208},
+  language =	 {english},
+  issn =	 {0160-4112}
+}
+
+@Misc{mems1997a,
+  key =		 {mems},
+  title =	 {MEMS Material Database},
+  howpublished = {http://www.memsnet.org},
+  year =	 1997,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{menges1975a,
+  author = 	 {Menges, G. and Knipschild, F.},
+  title = 	 {Estimation of Mechanical Properties for Rigid Polyurethane
+                  Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Polymer Engineering and Science},
+  year = 	 1975,
+  volume =	 15,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {623--627},
+  month =	 {August},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Misc{mepura1997a,
+  key =		 {MEPURA},
+  title =	 {MEPURA: "`Alulight"'},
+  howpublished = {Firmenschrift der MEPURA-Metallpulver GmbH},
+  month =	 {April},
+  year =	 1997,
+  note =	 {Ranshofen, "Osterreich},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{merkel2000a,
+  author =	 {Merkel, M. and Thomas, K.-H.},
+  title = 	 {Taschenbuch der Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Fachbuchverlag Leipzig},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-446-21410-0}
+}
+
+@InCollection{miyayama1991a,
+  author = 	 {Miyayama, M. and Koumoto, K. and Yanagida, H.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Properties of Single Oxides},
+  booktitle = 	 {Ceramics and Glasses},
+  pages = 	 {748--757},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1991,
+  editor =	 {Schneider, Samuel J.},
+  volume =	 4,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-282-7}
+}
+
+@Article{miyoshi2000a,
+  author = 	 {Miyoshi, T. and Itoh, M. and Akiyama, S. and Kitahara, A.},
+  title = 	 {{ALPORAS} Aluminium Foam: Production Process, Properties,
+                  and Applications},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 2,
+  number =	 4,
+  pages =	 {179--183},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{moehrmann2001a,
+  author = 	 {M\"ohrmann, C. and Jung, A. and Woldt, E.},
+  title = 	 {The Packing Density of Randomly Packed Spheres and the
+                  Structural Stability of Metallic Glasses},
+  note = 	 {abgelehnt von Elsevier Science},
+  year =	 2001,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InCollection{moet1988a,
+  author = 	 {Moet, A. and Aglan, H.},
+  title = 	 {Fatigue Failure},
+  booktitle = 	 {Engineering Plastics},
+  pages =        {741--750},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1988,
+  editor =	 {Epel, J. N.},
+  volume =	 2,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-279-7}
+}
+
+@Article{mohr2000a,
+  author = 	 {Mohr, U. and Bleck, W. and Scholz P.-F.},
+  title = 	 {Metallic Foams Produced by Slipcasting},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 4,
+  number =	 {1--2},
+  pages =	 {28--33},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{mosler2000a,
+  author = 	 {Mosler, U. and Heinzel, G. and Martin, U. and Oettel, H.},
+  title = 	 {Mikrostruktur und Verformungsverhalten von 
+                   Aluminium-Sch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {519--522},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{mosler2000b,
+  author = 	 {Mosler, U.},
+  title = 	 {Mikrostrukturuntersuchungen von AlSi\,7-Schaum},
+  note =         {Vortrag beim Arbeitskreistreffen \emph{Quantitative
+                  Gef\"ugebestimmung} des DFG-SPP~1075 am 29. und 30.{\,}03.~2000,
+		  unver"offentlicht, Institut f\"ur Metallkunde, 
+		  TU~Bergakademie Freiberg},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{mosler2001a,
+  author = 	 {Mosler, U. and M\"uller, A.},
+  title = 	 {Gef\"ugeinterpretation von Aluminium-Sch"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Praktische Metallographie (Sonderb"ande)},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 32,
+  pages =	 {279--284},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{mosler2001b,
+  author = 	 {Mosler, U. and M\"uller, A. and Baum, H. and Martin, U. and
+                  Oettel, H.},
+  title = 	 {Microstructure of the Foamable Precursor and Foamed Aluminium
+                  Material},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {233--238},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Misc{mosler2001c,
+  author =	 {Mosler, U.},
+  title =	 {LiMi-Aufnahmen von AlSi\,7},
+  howpublished = {E-Mail an Knut Hupfer},
+  month =	 {August},
+  year =	 2001,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{moslera,
+  author = 	 {Mosler, U. and M\"uller, A. and Baum, H. and Martin, U.
+                  and Oettel, H.},
+  title = 	 {Microstructure of the foamable precursor and foamed
+                  aluminium material},
+  note = 	 {TU Freiberg},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{motz2000a,
+  author = 	 {Motz, C. and Pippan, R.},
+  title = 	 {Bruchz\"ahigkeit und Ri"sfortschritt in den Zellw\"anden
+                   von Schaumaluminium},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {493--496},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{motz2001a,
+  author = 	 {Motz, C. and Pippan, R.},
+  title = 	 {Deformation Behaviour of Closed-Cell Aluminium Foams in
+                  Tension},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {2463--2470},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{motz2002a,
+  author = 	 {Motz, C. and Pippan, R.},
+  title = 	 {Fracture behaviour and fracture toughness of ductile
+                  closed-cell metallic foams},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 50,
+  pages =	 {2013--2033},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{mueller1983a,
+  author = 	 {M"uller, H.},
+  title = 	 {Flie"sspannung von Zink in Abh"angigkeit von 
+                  Korngr"o"se, 
+                  Beanspruchungsrichtung und Verformungsgrad},
+  school = 	 {Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 1983,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{muellera,
+  author = 	 {M\"uller, A. and Mosler, U.},
+  title = 	 {Gef\"ugeinterpretation von Aluminium-Sch\"aumen},
+  note = 	 {Institut f\"ur Metallkunde, TU Bergakademie Freiberg. 
+                  Ist es vielleicht in Sonderb\"ande der Praktischen
+                  Metallographie 32 (2001) 279},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{muench2000a,
+  author = 	 {M\"unch, M. and Schlimmer, M.},
+  title = 	 {Ermittlung mechanischer Kennwerte von Aluminiumsch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {544--546},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{munz1989a,
+  author =	 {Munz, D. and Fett, T.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanisches Verhalten keramischer Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1989,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-51508-9}
+}
+
+@Book{nadgornyi1988a,
+  author =	 {Nadgornyi, E.},
+  title = 	 {Dislocation dynamics and mechanical properties of crystals},
+  publisher = 	 {Pergamon Press},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  volume =	 31,
+  series =	 {Progress in materials science},
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  edition =	 1,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-08-036864-6}
+}
+
+@Book{nadgronyi1988a,
+  author =	 {Nadgornyi, E. M.},
+  title = 	 {Dislocation dynamics and mechanical properties of crystals},
+  publisher = 	 {Pergamon Press},
+  year = 	 1988,
+  volume =	 31,
+  series =	 {Progress in materials science},
+  address =	 {Oxford},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-08-036864-6}
+}
+
+@Book{neuber1985a,
+  author =	 {Neuber, H.},
+  title = 	 {Kerbspannungslehre},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1985,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-540-13558-8}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{neugebauer1998a,
+  author = 	 {Neugebauer, R. and Hipke, Th.},
+  title = 	 {Parameters of Construction for Applications of Metal Foams},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {265--270},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{neugebauer1998b,
+  author = 	 {Neugebauer, R. and Br\"aunlich, H. and Wagner, U.},
+  title = 	 {Lightweight Products with Metal Foam---Properties and
+                  Methods of Processing},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {271--278},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{neugebauer2000a,
+  author = 	 {Neugebauer, R. and Wagner, U.},
+  title = 	 {Strukturanalyse von Metallsch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {462--464},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Misc{newprocess2000a,
+  key =		 {AAA},
+  title =	 {Foam Metal Developed with New Process},
+  howpublished = {Japan Chemical Week},
+  month =	 {June 15},
+  year =	 2000,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{olurin1999a,
+  author =	 {Olurin, O. B. and Fleck, N. A. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title =	 {Fatigue of an aluminium alloy foam},
+  booktitle =	 {Metal Foams and Porous Metal Structures},
+  pages =	 {365--371},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  publisher =	 {MIT Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{olurin2001a,
+  author = 	 {Olurin, O. B. and Fleck, N. A. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title = 	 {Tensile and Compressive Failure of Notched Cellular Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 3,
+  number =	 {1--2},
+  pages =	 {55--58},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{olurin2002a,
+  author = 	 {Olurin, O. B. and Arnold, M. and K\"orner, C. and
+                  Singer, R. F.},
+  title = 	 {The investigation of morphometric parameters of aluminium
+                  foams using micro-computed tomography},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 {A~328},
+  pages =	 {334--343},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{onck2001a,
+  author = 	 {Onck, P. R. and Andrews, E. W. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Size effects in ductile cellular solids. Part~I: modeling},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 43,
+  pages =	 {681--699},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InCollection{ownby1991a,
+  author = 	 {Ownby, P. D. and Stewart, R. W.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Properties of Diamond and Graphite},
+  booktitle = 	 {Ceramics and Glasses},
+  pages = 	 {821--834},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1991,
+  editor =	 {Schneider, Samuel J.},
+  volume =	 4,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-282-7}
+}
+
+
+@Book{podesta1996a,
+  author =	 {de Podesta, M.},
+  title = 	 {Understanding the Properties of Matter},
+  publisher = 	 {UCL Press},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  address =	 {London},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {1-85728-299-X}
+}
+
+
+@Article{poeppe1999a,
+  author = 	 {P"oppe, C.},
+  title = 	 {Der Beweis der Keplerschen Vermutung},
+  journal = 	 {Spektrum der Wissenschaft},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  volume =	 4,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{polmear1995a,
+  author =	 {Polmear, I. J.},
+  title = 	 {Light Alloys},
+  publisher = 	 {Arnold},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  series =	 {Metallurgy and Materials Science Series},
+  address =	 {London},
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-340-63207-0}
+}
+
+
+@Book{prager1961a,
+  author =	 {Prager, W.},
+  title = 	 {Einf"uhrung in die Konitnuumsmechanik},
+  publisher = 	 {Birkh"auser Verlag},
+  year = 	 1961,
+  volume =	 20,
+  series =	 {Lehr- und Handb"ucher der Ingenieurwissenschaften},
+  address =	 {Basel},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Article{quelheillalt2002a,
+  author = 	 {Queheillalt, D. T. and Sypeck, D. J. and Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  title = 	 {Ultrasonic characterization of cellular metal structures},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 {A~323},
+  pages =	 {138--147},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{rabiei2000a,
+  author = 	 {Rabiei, A. and Evans, A. G. and Hutchinson, J. W.},
+  title = 	 {Heat Generation During the Fatigue of a Cellular {Al} Alloy},
+  journal = 	 {Metallurgical and materials transactions},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  number =	 4,
+  pages =	 {1129--1136},
+  language =	 {english},
+  issn =	 {1073-5623}
+}
+
+
+@Book{radaj1995a,
+  author =	 {Radaj, D.},
+  title = 	 {Erm"udungsfestigkeit},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-58348-3}
+}
+
+
+@Article{rausch2000a,
+  author = 	 {Rausch, G. and Hartwig, T. and Weber, M. and Schulz, O.},
+  title = 	 {Herstellung und Eigenschaften von Titansch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {412--414},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Article{rausch2000b,
+  author = 	 {Rausch, G. and Weber, M. and Kn\"uwer, M.},
+  title = 	 {Neue Entwicklungen zur Herstellung von Stahlsch\"aumen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {424--427},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{reckling1967a,
+  author =	 {Reckling, K.-A.},
+  title = 	 {Plastizit"atstheorie und ihre Anwendung auf 
+                  Festigkeitsprobleme},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1967,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{reif1987a,
+  author =	 {Reif, F.},
+  title = 	 {Statistische Physik und Theorie der W"arme},
+  publisher = 	 {De Gruyter},
+  year = 	 1987,
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-11-011383-X}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{renauld1998a,
+  author = 	 {Renauld, M. L. and Giamei, A. F. and Thompson, M. S. and
+                  Priluck, J.},
+  title = 	 {The Effect of Parent Metal Properties on the Performance
+                  of Lattice Block Material},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {109--117},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Book{rhines1956a,
+  author =	 {Rhines, F. N.},
+  title = 	 {Phase Diagrams in Metallurgy},
+  publisher = 	 {McGraw-Hill Book Company},
+  year = 	 1956,
+  series =	 {Metallurgy and Metallurgical Engineering Series},
+  address =	 {New York},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{rice1968a,
+  author = 	 {Rice, J. R.},
+  title = 	 {A Path Independent Integral and the Approximate Analysis
+                  of Strain Concentration by Notches and Cracks},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of Applied Mechanics},
+  year = 	 1968,
+  pages =        {379--386},
+  month =	 {June},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Book{riedel1990a,
+  author =	 {Riedel, E.},
+  title = 	 {Allgemeine und Anorganische Chemie},
+  publisher = 	 {Walter de Gruyter},
+  year = 	 1990,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 5,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-11-012586-2}
+}
+
+
+@Article{rinebolt1951a,
+  author = 	 {Rinebolt, J. A. and Harris, W. J., Jr.},
+  title = 	 {Effect of Alloying Elements on Notch Toughness of
+                  Pearlitic Steels},
+  journal = 	 {Transactions of the American Society of Metals},
+  year = 	 1951,
+  volume =	 43,
+  pages =	 {1175--1202},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{roberts2001a,
+  author = 	 {Roberts, A. P. and Garboczi, E. J.},
+  title = 	 {Elastic Moduli of Model Random Three-Dimensional 
+                  Closed-Cell Cellular Solids},
+  journal = 	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 49,
+  pages =	 {189--197},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{roberts2002a,
+  author = 	 {Roberts, A. P. and Garboczi, E. J.},
+  title = 	 {Elastic properties of model random three-dimensional
+                  open-cell solids},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 50,
+  pages =	 {35--55},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{roesler1992a,
+  author = 	 {R\"osler, J. and Joos, R. and Arzt, E.},
+  title = 	 {Microstructure and Creep Properties of 
+                  Dispersion-Strengthened Aluminium Alloys},
+  journal = 	 {Metallurgical Transactions A},
+  year = 	 1992,
+  volume =	 {23\,A},
+  pages =	 {1521--1539},
+  month =	 {May},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Book{roesler2003a,
+  editor =	 {R{\"o}sler, J. and Harders, H. and B{\"a}ker, M.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanisches Verhalten der Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Teubner-Verlag},
+  edition =      1,
+  year = 	 2003,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{ruge2001a,
+  author =	 {Ruge, J. and Wohlfahrt, H.},
+  title = 	 {Technologie der Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Vieweg Verlag},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  edition =	 6,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-528-53021-9}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{saenz1998a,
+  author = 	 {Saenz, E. and Baranda, P. S. and Bonhomme, J.},
+  title = 	 {Shear Properties on Aluminium Metal Foams Prepared by
+                  the Melt Route},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {83--89},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Book{salmang1982a,
+  author =	 {Salmang, H. and Scholze, H.},
+  title = 	 {Keramik, Teil 1},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1982,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 6,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-10987-0}
+}
+
+
+@Book{salmang1983a,
+  author =	 {Salmang, H. and Scholze, H.},
+  title = 	 {Keramik, Teil 2},
+  publisher = 	 {Springer"=Verlag},
+  year = 	 1983,
+  address =	 {Berlin},
+  edition =	 6,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-540-12595-7}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{sanders1998a,
+  author = 	 {Sanders, W. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Reduction in Young's Modulus of Aluminum Foams Due to
+                  Cell Wall Curvature and Corrugation},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Material for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {53--57},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 521,
+  organization = {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{santosa1998a,
+  author =	 {Santosa, S. and Wierzbicki, T.},
+  title =	 {On the modeling of crush behavior of a closed-cell
+                  aluminium foam structure},
+  journal =	 {Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 46,
+  pages =	 645,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@PhdThesis{sass1997a,
+  author = 	 {Sa"s, V.},
+  title = 	 {Untersuchung der Anisotropie im Kriechverhalten der
+                  einkristallinen Nickelbasis"=Superlegierung CMSX"~4},
+  school = 	 {TU Berlin},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-89574-236-8}
+}
+
+
+@Article{sassov2000a,
+  author = 	 {Sassov, A. and Cronelis, E. and Van Dyck, D.},
+  title = 	 {Non destructive 3-D Investigation of Metal Foam 
+                  Microstructure},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {571--573},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@PhdThesis{schacht2001a,
+  author = 	 {Schacht, T.},
+  title = 	 {Orientierungsabh"angige Rissbildung in duktilen Metallen},
+  school = 	 {TU~Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 {2001},
+  type = 	 {Dissertation},
+  address = 	 {Braunschweiger Schriften zur Mechanik, Nr.~42-2001, 
+                  Mechanik-Zentrum der TU Braunschweig},
+  language =     {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schatt1996a,
+  editor =	 {Schatt, W. and Worch, H.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstoffwissenschaft},
+  publisher = 	 {Deutscher Verlag f\"ur Grundstoffindustrie},
+  year = 	 1996,
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-527-30956-X}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schimpke1977a,
+  author =	 {Schimpke, P. and Schropp, H. and K\"onig, R.},
+  title = 	 {Technologie der Maschinenbaustoffe: 
+                  Werkstoffkunde, Werkstoffpr\"ufung, Werkstoffverarbeitung},
+  publisher = 	 {Hirzel},
+  year = 	 1977,
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  edition =	 18,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =	 {3-7776-0312-0}
+}
+
+
+@Article{schlums1992a,
+  author = 	 {Schlums, H. and Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Description of Cyclic Deformation Processes With a 
+                  Stochastic Model for Inelastic Behaviour of Metals},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Plasticity},
+  year = 	 1992,
+  volume =	 8,
+  pages =	 {147--159},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{schneider1990a,
+  author = 	 {Schneider, K.},
+  title = 	 {Advanced Blading},
+  booktitle = 	 {High Temperature Materials for Power Engineering 1990~-- 
+                  Part~{II}},
+  pages =	 {935--954},
+  year =	 1990,
+  editor =	 {Bauchelet, E. and others},
+  address =	 {Dordrecht},
+  publisher =	 {Kluwer Academic Publishers},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schott1997a,
+  editor =	 {Schott, G.},
+  title = 	 {Werkstofferm"udung~-- Erm"udungsfestigkeit},
+  publisher = 	 {Deutscher Verlag f\"ur Grundstoffindustrie},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  edition =	 4,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-342-00511-4}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schultz1977a,
+  author =	 {Schultz, J. M.},
+  title = 	 {Properties of solid polymeric materials~-- Part B},
+  publisher = 	 {Academic Press},
+  year = 	 1977,
+  volume =	 10,
+  series =	 {Treatise on materials science and technology},
+  address =	 {New York},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {0-12-341841-0}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{schultz1999a,
+  author =	 {Schultz, O. and Ligneris, A. des and Haider, O. and
+                  Starke, P.},
+  title =	 {Fatigue behaviour, Strength and Failure of
+                  Aluminium Foam},
+  booktitle =	 {Metal Foams and Porous Metal Structures},
+  pages =	 {379--386},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  publisher =	 {MIT Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{schultz2000a,
+  author =	 {Schultz, O. and Ligneris, A. des and Haider, O. and
+                  Starke, P.},
+  title =	 {Fatigue behaviour, Strength and Failure of
+                  Aluminium Foam},
+  journal = 	 {Advanced Engineering Materials},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 2,
+  number =	 4,
+  pages =	 {215--218},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{schultz2000b,
+  author = 	 {Schultz, O. and Schindler, R.},
+  title = 	 {Aluminiumschaum: Dynamische Festigkeit und Anwendung im
+                   Hubschrauber},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {511--514},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schumann1962a,
+  author =	 {Schumann, H.},
+  title = 	 {Metallographie},
+  publisher = 	 {VEB Deutscher Verlag f\"ur Grundstoffindustrie},
+  year = 	 1962,
+  address =	 {Leipzig},
+  edition =	 4,
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Book{schwalbe1980a,
+  author =	 {Schwalbe, K.-H.},
+  title = 	 {Bruchmechanik metallischer Werkstoffe},
+  publisher = 	 {Carl Hanser Verlag},
+  address =      {M"unchen},
+  year = 	 1980,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-446-12983-9}
+}
+
+
+@Article{schwalbe2001a,
+  author = 	 {Schwalbe, H.-J. and Baumg"artner, F. and Beichelt, Ch.},
+  title = 	 {Investigations on the Failure Behaviour of Aluminium Foams},
+  journal = 	 {ALUMINIUM},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 {1/2},
+  pages =	 {87--92},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{seeliger1997a,
+  author = 	 {Seeliger, H.-W.},
+  title = 	 {Complex Shaped Aluminum Foam Sandwich Panels for 
+                  Automotive Applications},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of the Fraunhofer USA Metal Foam Symposium},
+  pages =	 {79--89},
+  year =	 1997,
+  address =	 {Bremen (Germany)},
+  publisher =	 {MIT-Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{seitzberger2000a,
+  author = 	 {Seitzberger, M. and Willminger, S.},
+  title = 	 {Versagensmechanismen zur Kollapsanalyse axial gedr\"uckter
+                   Aluminiumschaum-gef\"ullter Profile},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {459--461},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+
+@Article{shiozawa2002a,
+  author = 	 {Shiozawa, K. and Lu, L.},
+  title = 	 {Very high-cycle fatigue behaviour of shot-peened 
+                  high-carbon-chromium bearing steel},
+  journal = 	 {Fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and 
+                  structures},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 25,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {813--833},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{silva1995a,
+  author = 	 {Silva, M. J. and Hayes, W. C. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {The effects of non-periodic microstructure on the elastic
+                  properties of two-dimensional cellular solids},
+  journal = 	 {International journal of mechanical sciences},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  volume =	 37,
+  number =	 11,
+  pages =	 {1161--1177},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@Article{silva1997a,
+  author =	 {Silva, M. J. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title =	 {The effect of non-periodic microstructure and
+                  defects on the compressive strength of
+                  two-dimensional cellular solids},
+  journal =	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 39,
+  pages =	 549,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{simancik1998a,
+  author = 	 {Siman\v{c}ik, F. and Kov\'a\v{c}ik, J. and Min\'arikov\'a, N.},
+  title = 	 {Bending Properties of Foamed Aluminium Panels and 
+                  Sandwiches},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {91--97},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{simone1998a,
+  author =	 {Simone, A. E. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title =	 {Aluminium foams produced by liquid-state
+                  processes},
+  journal =	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 46,
+  pages =	 3109,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{simone1998b,
+  author =	 {Simone, A. E. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title =	 {Effects of solid distribution on the stiffness and
+                  strength of metallic foams},
+  journal =	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year =	 1998,
+  volume =	 46,
+  pages =	 {2139--2150},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Manual{stahlschluessel1992a,
+  title = 	 {Stahlschl"ussel-Taschenbuch},
+  key =		 {Stahlschluessel},
+  organization = {Verlag Stahlschl"ussel Wegst GmbH},
+  address =	 {Marbach/N.},
+  year =	 1992,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-922599-08-7}
+}
+
+@Article{stanzick2000a,
+  author = 	 {Stanzick, H. and Duarte, I. and Banhart, J.},
+  title = 	 {Der Sch\"aumproze\ss{} von Aluminium},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {409--411},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{steck1989a,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {A Stochastic Model for the Interaction of Plasticity and
+                  Creep in Metals},
+  journal = 	 {Nuclear Engineering and Design},
+  year = 	 1989,
+  volume =	 114,
+  pages =	 {285--294},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{steck1991a,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E. and Kublik, F.},
+  title = 	 {Application of Constitutive Models for the Prediction of
+                  Multiaxial Inelastic Behaviour},
+  journal = 	 {SMiRT 11 Transactions},
+  year = 	 1991,
+  volume =	 {L},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{steck1992a,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Stochastic Modelling of Cyclic Deformation Processes in
+                  Metals},
+  booktitle = 	 {Proceedings of the 13th Ris\o\ International Symposium on
+                  Materials Science: Modelling of Plastic Deformation and
+                  Its Engineering Applications},
+  pages =	 {439--444},
+  year =	 1992,
+  editor =	 {Andersen, S. I. and Bilde-S\o{}rensen, J. B. and Hansen, N.
+                  and Juul Jensen, D. and Leffers, T. and Lilholt, H. and
+                  Lorentzen, T. and Pedersen, O. B. and Ralph, B.},
+  address =	 {Roskilde, Denmark},
+  organization = {Ris\o\ National Laboratory},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+
+@Article{steck1995a,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Zur Ber\"ucksichtigung von Vorg\"angen im Mikrobereich
+                   metallischer Werkstoffe bei der Entwicklung von
+                   Stoffmodellen},
+  journal = 	 {Zeitschrift f\"ur angewandte Mathematik und Mechanik (ZAMM)},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  volume =	 75,
+  number =	 5,
+  pages =	 {331--341},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  issn =	 {0946-8463}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{steck1995b,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Zur Ber\"ucksichtigung von Vorg\"angen im Mikrobereich
+                  kristalliner Werkstoffe bei der Entwicklung von 
+                  Stoffmodellen},
+  booktitle = 	 {Jahrbuch 1995},
+  pages =	 {115--130},
+  year =	 1995,
+  organization = {Braunschweigische Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{steck1997a,
+  author = 	 {Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Zur Berechnung der Ri"sausbreitung in z\"ahen metallischen
+                   Werkstoffen},
+  journal = 	 {Abhandlungen der Braunschweigischen Wissenschaftlichen
+                  Gesellschaft},
+  year = 	 1997,
+  volume =	 {XLVII},
+  pages =	 {211--229},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InCollection{stevens1991a,
+  author = 	 {Stevens, R.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Properties of Zirconia},
+  booktitle = 	 {Ceramics and Glasses},
+  pages = 	 {775--786},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1991,
+  editor =	 {Schneider, Samuel J.},
+  volume =	 4,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-282-7}
+}
+
+@Article{stiebel2001a,
+  author = 	 {Stiebel, C. and W\"urtz, T. and Janocha, H.},
+  title = 	 {Leistungsverst\"arker f\"ur piezoelektrische Aktoren},
+  journal = 	 {Elektronik},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 12,
+  pages =	 {82--88},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{stoyan1995a,
+  author =	 {Stoyan, D. and Kendall, W. S. and Mecke, J.},
+  title = 	 {Stochastic Geometry and its Applications},
+  publisher = 	 {John Wiley \&\ Sons},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  address =	 {Chichester},
+  edition =	 {2nd},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-471-95099-8}
+}
+
+
+@Article{stroehla2000a,
+  author = 	 {Str\"ohla, S. and Winter, W. and Kuhn, G.},
+  title = 	 {Numerische Ermittlung elastischer Eigenschaften von
+                   Metallsch\"aumen mit Polyeder-Einheitszellen},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {444--446},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{stuewe1991a,
+  author =	 {Stüwe, H.-P.},
+  title = 	 {Einf\"uhrung in die Werkstoffkunde},
+  publisher = 	 {B.I.-Wissenschaftsverlag},
+  year = 	 1991,
+  series =       {B.I.-Hochschultaschenbuch},
+  volume =       {467},
+  edition =      2,
+  address =      {Mannheim, Wien, Z\"urich},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{sugimura1997a,
+  author =	 {Sugimura, Y. and Meyer, J. and He, M. Y. and
+                  Bart-Smith, H. and Greenstedt, J. and Evans, A. G.},
+  title =	 {On the mechanical performance of closed cell {Al} alloy
+                  foams},
+  journal =	 {Acta Materialia},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 45,
+  number =	 12,
+  pages =	 {5245--5260},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{sugimura1999a,
+  author =	 {Sugimura, Y. and Rabiei, A. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Harte, A. M. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  title =	 {Compression fatigue of a cellular {Al} alloy},
+  journal =	 {Materials Science \&\ Engineering},
+  year =	 1999,
+  volume =	 {A~269},
+  pages =	 {38--48},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{tabellenbuch1999a,
+  author =	 {Fischer, U. and Heinzler, M. and Kilgus, R. and N"aher, F. 
+                  and Paetzold, H. and R"ohrer, W. and Schilling, K. and
+                  Stephan, A.},
+  title = 	 {Tabellenbuch Metall},
+  publisher = 	 {Verlag Europa-Lehrmittel},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  address =	 {Haan-Gruiten},
+  edition =	 41,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-8085-1721-2}
+}
+
+
+@Book{tada2000a,
+  author =	 {Tada,H. and Paris, P. and Irwin, G.},
+  title = 	 {The Stress Analysis of Cracks Handbook},
+  publisher = 	 {ASME},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  address =	 {New York},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {1-86058-304-0}
+}
+
+
+
+
+@Article{tanaka2002a,
+  author = 	 {Tanaka, K. and Akiniwa, Y.},
+  title = 	 {Fatigue crack propagation behaviour derived from S-N
+                  data in very high cycle regime},
+  journal = 	 {Fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and 
+                  structures},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 25,
+  number =	 8,
+  pages =	 {775--784},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Book{tenckhoff1980a,
+  author = 	 {Tenckhoff, E.},
+  title = 	 {Verformungsmechanismen, Textur und Anisotropie in 
+                   Zirkonium und Zircaloy},
+  publisher = 	 {Gebr"uder Borntraeger, Berlin, Stuttgart},
+  year = 	 1980,
+  series =	 {Materialkundlich-Technische Reihe~5},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{torquato1998a,
+  author = 	 {Torquato, S. and Gibiansky, L. V. and Silva, M. J. and
+                  Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Effective Mechanical and Transport Properties of Cellular
+                  Solids},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  volume =	 40,
+  number =	 1,
+  pages =	 {71--82},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{triantafillou1989a,
+  author =	 {Triantafillou, T. C. and Zhang, J. and Shercliff,
+                  T. L. and Gibson, L. J. and Ashby, M. F.},
+  title =	 {Failure surfaces for cellular materials under
+                  multiaxial loads -- {II}.~Comparison of models with
+                  experiment},
+  journal =	 {International Journal of Mechanical Sciences},
+  year =	 1997,
+  volume =	 39,
+  pages =	 549,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@TechReport{vesper2000a,
+  author = 	 {Vesper, M. and Steck, E.},
+  title = 	 {Customizing ABAQUS Material Subroutines UMAT Incorporating
+                  Constitutive Laws for FCC Polycrystalline Metals},
+  institution =  {Institut f\"ur Allgemeine Mechanik und Festigkeitslehre,
+                  Technische Universi\"at Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  type =	 {Technical Report},
+  address =	 {Braunschweig},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{wadley2001a,
+  author = 	 {Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  title = 	 {Cellular metals manufacturing: an overview of stochastic
+                  and periodic concepts},
+  booktitle = 	 {Cellular Metals and Metal Foaming Technology},
+  pages =	 {137--146},
+  year =	 2001,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  address =	 {Bremen},
+  publisher =	 {Verlag MIT Publishing},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =	 {3-935538-11-1}
+}
+
+@Article{wallach2001a,
+  author = 	 {Wallach, J. C. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Mechanical behavior of a three-dimensional truss material},
+  journal = 	 {International Journal of Solids and Structures},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 38,
+  pages =	 {7181--7196},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+
+@Article{wallach2001b,
+  author = 	 {Wallach, J. C. and Gibson, L. J.},
+  title = 	 {Defect sensitivity of a {3D} truss material},
+  journal = 	 {Scripta Materialia},
+  year = 	 2001,
+  volume =	 45,
+  pages =	 {639--644},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{wanner2000a,
+  author = 	 {Wanner, A. and Kriszt, B.},
+  title = 	 {Charakterisierung des linear-elastischen Verhaltens von
+                   Metallsch\"aumen mittels Ultraschall-Phasenspektroskopie},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {481--483},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{weaire1994a,
+  author =	 {Weaire, D. and Fortes, M. A.},
+  title =	 {Stress and strain in liquid and solid foams},
+  journal =	 {Advances in Physics},
+  year =	 1994,
+  volume =	 43,
+  pages =	 685,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@PhdThesis{weber1995a,
+  author = 	 {Weber, M.},
+  title = 	 {Herstellung von Metallsch\"aumen und Beschreibung der
+                   Werkstoffeigenschaften},
+  school = 	 {Technische Universit\"at Clausthal},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{weiss1999a,
+  author =       {Wei\ss{}, S. and Thielecke, F. and Harders, H.},
+  title =        {Ein neuer Ansatz zur Modellierung von Luftdatensystemen},
+  booktitle =    {Deutscher Luft- und Raumfahrtkongre\ss{} 1999\,/\,DGLR
+                  Jahrestagung 1999},
+  year =         1999,
+  address =      {Berlin},
+  month =        {27.\,--\,30.\,09.},
+  language =  {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{wellinger1976a,
+  author =	 {Wellinger, K. and Dietmann, H.},
+  title = 	 {Festigkeitsberechnung: Grundlagen und technische Anwendung},
+  publisher = 	 {Alfred Kr"oner Verlag},
+  year = 	 1976,
+  address =	 {Stuttgart},
+  edition =	 3,
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-520-90303-2}
+}
+
+@Article{westergaard1939a,
+  author = 	 {Westergaard, H. M.},
+  title = 	 {Bearing Pressures and Cracks},
+  journal = 	 {Journal of Applied Mechanics},
+  year = 	 1939,
+  volume =	 6,
+  pages =	 {49--53},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@MastersThesis{wieding1991a,
+  author = 	 {Wieding, H., v.},
+  title = 	 {Entwicklung eines Programmpaketes zur Berechnung der
+                  ertragbaren Spannungen bzw.\ der Lebensdauer bei
+                  mehrachsiger Betriebsbeanspruchung auf der Basis der
+                  modifizierten Okaederschubspannungshypothese},
+  school = 	 {Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, TU Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 1991,
+  type =	 {Studienarbeit},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{witzela,
+  author = 	 {Witzel, W. and Drude, H. and Schwarze, R. and B\"uckle, R.
+                  and Hagedorn, U. and Otremba, R.},
+  title = 	 {Torsionspr\"ufung mit Laserextensometer zur Messung von
+                   Dehnungsverteilungen},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Misc{www.copper.org,
+  key =		 {CopperPage},
+  title =	 {The Copper Page},
+  howpublished = {http://www.copper.org},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{yamada2000a,
+  author = 	 {Yamada, Y. and Shimojima, K. and Mabuchi, M. and 
+                  Nakamura, M. and Asahina, T. and Mukai, T. and
+                  Kanahashi, H. and Higashi, K.},
+  title = 	 {Compressive deformation behavior of {Al$_2$O$_3$} foam},
+  journal = 	 {Materials Science and Engineering},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 {A~277},
+  pages =	 {213--217},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{yang2000a,
+  author = 	 {Yang, C. C. and Nakae, H.},
+  title = 	 {Foam Structure Effect on the Compression Behavior of
+                  Foamed Aluminium Alloy},
+  journal = 	 {ISIJ International},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 40,
+  number =	 12,
+  pages =	 {1283--1286},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{yu1998a,
+  author = 	 {Yu, C.J. and Eifert, H. H. and Banhart, J. and 
+                  Baumeister, J.},
+  title = 	 {Metal foaming by a powder metallurgy method: Production,
+                  properties and applications},
+  journal = 	 {Materials research innovations},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  volume =	 2,
+  pages =	 {181--188},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{zettl1998a,
+  author = 	 {Zettl, B. and Stanzl-Tschegg, S. and Gradinger, R.
+                  and Degischer, H. P.},
+  title = 	 {High Cycle Fatigue Properties of Aluminium Foams},
+  booktitle = 	 {Porous and Cellular Materials for Structural Applications},
+  pages =	 {97--102},
+  year =	 1998,
+  editor =	 {Schwartz, D. S. and Shih, D. S. and Evans, A. G. and
+                  Wadley, H. N. G.},
+  volume =	 521,
+  series =	 {Symposium Proceedings},
+  address =	 {Warrendale, Pennsylvania},
+  month =	 {April},
+  publisher =	 {Materials Research Society},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{zettl1999a,
+  author =	 {Zettl, B. and Stanzl-Tschegg, S.},
+  title =	 {Fatigue of Aluminium Foams at Ultrasonic
+                  Frequencies},
+  booktitle =	 {Metal Foams and Porous Metal Structures},
+  pages =	 {373--378},
+  year =	 1999,
+  editor =	 {Banhart, J. and Ashby, M. F. and Fleck, N. A.},
+  publisher =	 {MIT Verlag},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+
+@InProceedings{zettl2000a,
+  author =	 {Zettl, B. and Stanzl-Tschegg, S.},
+  title =	 {Er\"udungssch\"aden in Aluminiumschaum},
+  booktitle =	 {Metallsch\"aume},
+  pages =	 {484--487},
+  year =	 2000,
+  editor =	 {Degischer, H. P.},
+  publisher =	 {Wiley-VCH},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Article{zettl2000b,
+  author = 	 {Zettl, B. and Stanzl-Tschegg, S.},
+  title = 	 {Erm\"udungssch\"aden in Aluminiumschaum},
+  journal = 	 {Materialwissenschaft und Werkstofftechnik},
+  year = 	 2000,
+  volume =	 31,
+  pages =	 {484--487},
+  language =	 {ngerman}
+}
+
+@Book{zhang1989a,
+  author =	 {Zhang, J.},
+  title = 	 {The Mechanics of Foams and Honeycombs},
+  publisher = 	 {University of Cambridge},
+  year = 	 1989,
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@Article{zhou2002a,
+  author = 	 {Zhou, J. and Mercer, C. and Soboyejo, W. O.},
+  title = 	 {An Investigation of the Mictrostructure and Strengh of
+                  Open-Cell 6101 Aluminum Foams},
+  journal = 	 {Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  volume =	 {33A},
+  pages =	 {1413--1427},
+  month =	 {May},
+  language =	 {english}
+}
+
+@InCollection{ziegler1991a,
+  author = 	 {Ziegler, G.},
+  title = 	 {Engineering Properties of Carbon-Carbon and Ceramic-Matrix
+                  Composites},
+  booktitle = 	 {Ceramics and Glasses},
+  pages = 	 {835--844},
+  publisher =	 {ASM International},
+  year =	 1991,
+  editor =	 {Schneider, Samuel J.},
+  volume =	 4,
+  series =	 {Engineered Materials Handbook},
+  language =	 {english},
+  isbn =         {0-87170-282-7}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{zorn2002a,
+  author = 	 {Zorn, C.},
+  title = 	 {Plastisch instabile Verformung aufgrund dynamischer
+                  Reckalterung und korrelierten Versetzungsgleitens},
+  school = 	 {Mechanik"=Zentrum, TU Braunschweig},
+  year = 	 2002,
+  type =	 {Dissertation},
+  language =	 {ngerman},
+  isbn =         {3-920395-45-X}
+}
+
+@PhDThesis{ov-mori-sanchez2002,
+  author        = {Mori-S{\'a}nchez, Paula},
+  title         = {Densidad electr{\'o}nica y enlace qu{\'\i}mico.
+                   {De} la mol{\'e}cula al cristal},
+  year          = 2002,
+  month         = {Febrero},
+  type          = {Tesis Doctoral},
+  school        = {Universidad de Oviedo},
+  language      = {spanish},
+  url           = {http://www.uniovi.es/~quimica.fisica/qcg/pms/tesis.html},
+  }
+
+@MastersThesis{ov-montes2002,
+  author        = {Men{\'e}ndez Montes, Jos{\'e} Manuel},
+  title         = {Sumas electrost{\'a}ticas en sistemas bidimensionales:
+                   Fundamentos, algoritmos y aplicaciones},
+  year          = 2002,
+  school        = {Universidad de Oviedo},
+  type          = {{S}eminario de {I}nvestigaci{\'o}n},
+  note          = {Directores: A. Mart{\'\i}n Pend{\'a}s
+                   M. A. Blanco y A. Costales Castro},
+  pages         = 127,
+  language      = {spanish},
+}
+
+@misc{ov-luana2002,
+  author        = {Lua{\~n}a, V{\'\i}ctor},
+  booktitle     = {Curso de Espectroscop\'{\i}a Molecular 2002},
+  title         = {Curso de Espectroscop\'{\i}a Molecular 2002},
+  year          = 2002,
+  abstract      = {%
+     Conjunto de 166 transparencias en formato PDF creadas para impartir
+     la asignatura Espectroscop\'{\i}a Molecular correspondiente al
+     tercer a\~{n}o de la Licenciatura en Ciencias Qu\'{\i}micas. Estas
+     transparencias, junto con el resto del material docente desarrollado,
+     est\'{a}n disponibles en el servidor web de la Universidad de Oviedo.
+                  },
+  url           = {http://www.uniovi.es/~quimica.fisica/qcg/asignaturas.html},
+  language      = {spanish},
+}
+
+@Book{ov-LG2002,
+  author        = {Lua{\~n}a, V{\'\i}ctor
+                and Garc{\'\i}a Fern{\'a}ndez, V. M.
+                and Francisco, E.
+                and Recio, J. M.},
+  title         = {Espectroscop\'{\i}a Molecular},
+  year          = 2002,
+  publisher     = {{S}ervicio de {P}ublicaciones, {U}niversidad de {O}viedo},
+  address       = {Oviedo},
+  isbn          = {84-8317-273-9},
+  pages         = {269+x},
+  note          = {269+x p\'{a}gs},
+  language      = {spanish},
+}
+
+@Article{ov-PB86,
+  author        = {Pueyo, L. 
+               and Barandiar{\'a}n, Z.
+               and Fern{\'a}ndez Rodrigo, G.
+               and Fl{\'o}rez, M.
+               and Francisco, E.
+               and Lua{\~n}a, V.
+               and Recio, J. M.
+               and van der Maelen, F. J.
+               and Bermejo, M.
+               and Seijo, L.},
+  title         = {Algunos problemas en el c\'{a}lculo de la estructura
+                  electr\'{o}nica de iones de transici\'{o}n en redes
+                  i\'{o}nicas},
+  journal       = {Studia Chemica},
+  year          = 1986,
+  volume        = 11,
+  pages         = {285--301},
+  note          = {(Homenaje a Jos\'{e} Antonio Herr\'{a}ez)},
+  language      = {spanish},
+}
+
+@Book{plateau1873a,
+  author =	 {Plateau, Joseph},
+  title = 	 {Statique exp\'erimentale et th\'eorique des liquides},
+  publisher = 	 {Gauthier-Villars},
+  year = 	 1873,
+  volume =	 1,
+  address =	 {Paris},
+  language =	 {frenchb}
+}
+
+@Article{voronoi1908a,
+  author = 	 {Vorono\"\i, G.},
+  title = 	 {Nouvelles applications des param\`etres continus \`a la
+                  th\'eorie des formes quadratiques},
+  journal = 	 {Journal f\"ur die reine und angewandte Mathematik},
+  year = 	 1908,
+  volume =	 134,
+  pages =	 {198--312},
+  language =	 {frenchb}
+}
+
+@InProceedings{BK_2003_GP,
+  author = 	 {Bosk'akh, R'ania and Kazantz'h, D'hmhtra},
+  title = 	 {Ex'aleiyh amfishmi'wn se ousiastikopoihm'ena ep'ijeta kai
+                  epirr'hmata},
+  booktitle = {Praktik'a 6ou Diejno'uc Sunedr'iou Ellhnik'hc Glwssolog'iac},
+  year = 	 2003,
+  month = 	 {Sept'embrioc},
+  organization = {Panepist'hmio thc Kr'hthc},
+  url           = {http://www.philology.uoc.gr/conferences/6thICGL/},
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+@Book{KM2005_GB,
+  editor = 	 {Kla'irhc, Qr'hstoc and Mpampini'wthc, Ge'wrgioc},
+  title = 	 {Grammatik'h thc N'eac Ellhnik'hc: Domoleitourgik'h --
+                  Epikoinwniak'h},
+  publisher = 	 {Ellhnik'a Gr'ammata},
+  year = 	 2005,
+  address = 	 {Aj'hna},
+  language =	 {greek}
+
+}
+
+@Book{T1995_GB,
+  author = 	 {Tsitsip'hc, L.},
+  title = 	 {Eisagwg'h sthn anjrwpolog'ia thc gl'wssac: Gl'wssa,
+                  ideolog'ia, dialogik'othta kai epit'elesh},
+  publisher = 	 {\textlatin{Gutenberg}},
+  year = 	 1995,
+  address = 	 {Aj'hna}, 
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+
+@Article{T1986_GA,
+  author = 	 {Jeofanopo'ulou-Konto'u, D'hmhtra},
+  title = 	 {Ken'ec Kathgor'iec kai Klitik'a sth N'ea Ellhnik'h},
+  journal = 	 {Glwssolog'ia},
+  year = 	 {1986--1987},
+  number = 	 {5--6},
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{M1985_GPHD,
+  author = 	 {Margar'ith, Mari'anna},
+  title = 	 {Fwnologik'h An'alush tou Siatistino'u Idi'wmatoc},
+  school = 	 {Aristot'eleio Panepist'hmio Jessalon'ikhc},
+  year = 	 1985,
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+@MastersThesis{W1998_GMA,
+  author = 	 {Wrai'opouloc, Jras'ubouloc},
+  title = 	 {Eisagwg'h sth morfolog'ia thc \textlatin{Navajo}},
+  school = 	 {Panepist'hmio Agr'afwn},
+  year = 	 1998,
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+@TechReport{W1999_GTA,
+  author = 	 {Wrai'opouloc, Jras'ubouloc},
+  title = 	 {Eisagwg'h sth s'untaxh thc \textlatin{Navajo}},
+  institution   = {Fantasiak'o Ereunhtik'o 'Idruma},
+  year = 	 1999,
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+
+@Book{W2003num_GBED,
+  editor = 	 {Wrai'opouloc, Jras'ubouloc},
+  title = 	 {N'eec prosegg'iseic sth s'untaxh thc \textlatin{Navajo}},
+  publisher = 	 {Indi'anika Gr'ammata},
+  year = 	 2003,
+  edition = 	 3,
+  address = 	 {Aj'hna}, 
+  language =	 {greek}
+}
+
+@misc{K2005_GMMISC,
+  title         = {Glwssik'ec Ask'hseic me b'ash to Ep'itomo Lexik'o Kriar'a},
+  year          = 2005,
+  url           = {http://www.komvos.edu.gr/dictionaries/dictonline/DictOnLineKri.htm},
+  language      = {greek},
+}
+
+
+@Article{portuguese,
+  author = 	 {Nobody, N.},
+  title = 	 {Portuguese},
+  journal = 	 {Any},
+  year = 	 2009,
+  month =	 jul,
+  language = 	 {portuguese}
+}
+
+@Article{brazilian,
+  author = 	 {Nobody, N.},
+  title = 	 {Brazilian},
+  journal = 	 {Any},
+  year = 	 2009,
+  month =	 jul,
+  language = 	 {brazilian}
+}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b4a97919ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/babelbibtest.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+%\documentclass[spanish,ngerman,frenchb,greek,portuguese,brazilian,romanian,swedish,serbian,english]{article}
+%\documentclass[spanish,ngerman,english,frenchb]{article}
+%\documentclass[spanish,frenchb,english,ngerman]{article}
+%\documentclass[frenchb,english,ngerman,spanish]{article}
+\documentclass[greek,brazilian,portuguese,frenchb,english,ngerman,romanian,spanish,czech]{article}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{babel}
+
+%% Load package with fixed language or flexible language:
+%\usepackage[annote,languagenames]{babelbib}[2003/04/21]
+\usepackage[annote,languagenames,datenumeric,fixlanguage]{babelbib}[2003/04/21]
+
+%% force a fall-back language other than the document's language
+\setbtxfallbacklanguage{ngerman}
+
+%% Switch off to print ISBNs and ISSNs:
+\btxprintISBN{false}
+\btxprintISSN{false}
+
+%% Auto format date strings in 'urldate'
+\IfFileExists{isodate.sty}{%
+  \usepackage[short]{isodate}
+  \setbibliographyfont{urldate}{\printdate}
+}{\typeout{Package isodate not available. Skipping that functionality}}
+
+%% Change font for some parts of the bibliography:
+%\setbibliographyfont{name}{\textsc}
+%\setbibliographyfont{lastname}{\textsc}
+%\setbibliographyfont{title}{\textbf}
+\setbibliographyfont{jtitle}{}
+%\setbibliographyfont{etal}{}
+%\setbibliographyfont{volume}{\textsc}
+\setbibliographyfont{journal}{\emph}
+\setbibliographyfont{numeral}{\textsuperscript}
+
+%% Change language for bibliography when option `fixlanguage' is chosen:
+%\selectbiblanguage{ngerman}
+
+%% Change or add keywords to specific languages:
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\foreignlanguage{english}{Ph.D.\ thesis}}%
+%}
+%\declarebtxcommands{ngerman}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{Doktorarbeit}}%
+%}
+\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+  \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
+  \def\btxeditionnumerallong#1{%
+    \ifnumber{#1}{%
+      \ifcase#1 0\or first\or second\or third\or forth\or fifth\or
+        sixth\or seventh\or eighth\or nineth\or tenth\else
+        \btxeditionnumeralenglish{english}{#1}%
+      \fi}{#1}}%
+%  \def\btxeditionnumerallong#1{\btxeditionnumeralenglish{english}{#1}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment#1{ [#1]}%
+}
+
+%% Use the next line to avoid the babamspl style to print out the
+%% language names:
+% \newcommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{}
+
+%\newcommand\btxprintmonthyear[2]{\ifnumber{#1}{#1/#2}{#1\ #2}}
+\newcommand\btxprintmonthyearasdf[4]{%
+  \ifnumber{#2}{%
+    \ifcase #2 \or
+    \csname btxmonjan#4\endcsname{#1}\or
+    \btxmonfeblong{#1}\or \btxmonmarlong{#1}\or
+    \btxmonaprlong{#1}\or \btxmonmaylong{#1}\or \btxmonjunlong{#1}\or
+    \btxmonjullong{#1}\or \btxmonauglong{#1}\or \btxmonseplong{#1}\or
+    \btxmonoctlong{#1}\or \btxmonnovlong{#1}\or \btxmondeclong{#1}\fi
+    \ #3%
+  }{%
+    #2\ #3}%
+}
+
+\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+  \def\btxprintmonthyearnum#1#2{#1-#2}%
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+If you change \verb|\usepackage[languagenames,fixlanguage]{babelbib}| to
+\verb|\usepackage[languagenames]{babelbib}|, the
+bibliography will change the language citation-dependent.
+Then, an error will appear at citation in a language that is not yet
+available. 
+This is normal and can be avoided by helping me to add that language.
+
+You may change the \verb|\bibliographystyle| line to test all styles.
+
+There are most of the available commands to change anything in the
+source code, but commented out. 
+Remove the \%\ in order to see the effects.
+
+\nocite*
+
+%% Choose one BibTeX style:
+%\bibliographystyle{plain}
+%\bibliographystyle{bababbrv}
+%\bibliographystyle{bababbrv-lf}
+%\bibliographystyle{bababbrv-fl}
+\bibliographystyle{babplain}
+%\bibliographystyle{babplain-lf}
+%\bibliographystyle{babplain-fl}
+%\bibliographystyle{babalpha}
+%\bibliographystyle{babunsrt}
+%\bibliographystyle{babamspl}
+
+\bibliography{babelbibtest}
+
+\ifnumber{3}{3/2009}{März 2009}
+
+\ifnumber{März}{3/2009}{März 2009}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/getversion.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/getversion.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1420a53f992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/getversion.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+\documentclass[english]{ltxdoc}
+\nofiles
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{babelbib}
+\GetFileInfo{babelbib.sty}
+\typeout{VERSION \fileversion}
+\begin{document}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/tugboat-babelbib.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/tugboat-babelbib.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..224cf440d83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/bibtex/babelbib/tugboat-babelbib.pdf